Samsung Electronics Co SPHL520 Multi-Band CDMA/LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth and RFID User Manual Sprint L520 IIB

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	2048405
Application ID	Q25iwtUSwIts1Lx8ou1UbQ==
Document Description	Users Manual
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	310.04kB (3875495 bits)
Date Submitted	2013-08-20 00:00:00
Date Available	2014-02-10 00:00:00
Creation Date	2017-10-26 05:43:33
Producing Software	GPL Ghostscript 9.18
Document Lastmod	2017-10-26 05:43:33
Document Title	Sprint_L520_IIB_.book
Document Creator	FrameMaker 9.0
Document Author:	tevans2

This document is watermarked because certain important information in the document has not yet been verified.
This document has been sent to you as a draft and for informational purposes only.
The document should only be used for internal purposes and may not be distributed outside of the company.
Distributing the document outside of the company could result in legal exposure to the company if the preliminary,
unverified information in the draft turns out to be inaccurate.
FPO
User Guide
©2013 Sprint. Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint. Other marks are trademarks of their
respective owners.
(Sprint UG template version 12c)
SPT_L520_UG_Eng_ME7_TE_070913_D1
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Table of Contents
Get Started ................................................................................................................................ 1
Your Phone at a Glance ...................................................................................................... 1
Set Up Your Phone ............................................................................................................. 2
Activate Your Phone ........................................................................................................... 3
Complete the Setup ............................................................................................................ 4
Set Up Voicemail ................................................................................................................ 5
Sprint Account Information and Help ................................................................................... 6
Sprint Account Passwords ........................................................................................... 6
Manage Your Account ................................................................................................. 6
Sprint Support Services ............................................................................................... 7
Phone Basics ............................................................................................................................. 9
Your Phone’s Layout........................................................................................................... 9
Key Functions .............................................................................................................. 9
Turn Your Screen On and Off ............................................................................................11
Features ............................................................................................................................12
Motions and Gestures.................................................................................................12
Smart Screen..............................................................................................................13
Voice Control ..............................................................................................................13
Touchscreen Navigation ....................................................................................................14
Tap .............................................................................................................................14
Touch and Hold ..........................................................................................................14
Swipe or Slide.............................................................................................................15
Drag ...........................................................................................................................15
Flick ............................................................................................................................16
Rotate .........................................................................................................................16
Pinch and Spread .......................................................................................................17
Your Home Screen ............................................................................................................18
Create Shortcuts .........................................................................................................18
Add and Remove Primary Shortcuts ...........................................................................19
Add and Remove Widgets ..........................................................................................20
TOC
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Extended Home Screens ............................................................................................20
Recent Applications ....................................................................................................20
Status Bar ..........................................................................................................................21
Enter Text ..........................................................................................................................22
Text Input Methods .....................................................................................................22
Google Voice Typing ..................................................................................................23
Samsung Keyboard ....................................................................................................24
Swype.........................................................................................................................25
Tips for Editing Text ....................................................................................................26
Phone Calls ..............................................................................................................................27
Make Phone Calls ..............................................................................................................27
Call Using the Keypad ................................................................................................27
Call from Logs ............................................................................................................27
Call from Contacts ......................................................................................................28
Call a Number in a Text Message ...............................................................................28
Call a Number in an Email Message ...........................................................................28
Call Emergency Numbers ...........................................................................................28
Receive Phone Calls..........................................................................................................29
Answer an Incoming Call ............................................................................................29
Mute the Ringing Sound .............................................................................................29
Reject an Incoming Call ..............................................................................................29
Reject a Call with a Text Message ..............................................................................30
Phone Call Options ............................................................................................................30
Dialing Options ...........................................................................................................30
Caller ID .....................................................................................................................31
Call Waiting ................................................................................................................31
3-Way Calling .............................................................................................................31
Call Forwarding ..........................................................................................................32
In-call Options.............................................................................................................32
Speed Dials ................................................................................................................33
Voicemail ...........................................................................................................................34
Set Up Voicemail ........................................................................................................34
Retrieve Your Voicemail Messages ............................................................................35
TOC
DRAFT
ii
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Voicemail Notification .................................................................................................35
Visual Voicemail ................................................................................................................36
Logs...................................................................................................................................36
View Logs ...................................................................................................................36
Logs Options ..............................................................................................................37
Clear Logs ..................................................................................................................37
Contacts....................................................................................................................................38
Get Started With Contacts .................................................................................................38
Access Contacts .........................................................................................................38
Contacts Options ........................................................................................................39
Add a Contact ....................................................................................................................40
Save a Phone Number .......................................................................................................41
Edit a Contact ....................................................................................................................41
Add or Edit Information for a Contact ..........................................................................41
Assign a Picture to a Contact ......................................................................................42
Assign a Ringtone to a Contact...................................................................................42
Join a Contact.............................................................................................................42
Delete a Contact .........................................................................................................43
Add Entries to Your Favorites ............................................................................................43
Create Groups ...................................................................................................................43
Share a Contact .................................................................................................................44
Accounts and Messaging ..........................................................................................................46
Google Account .................................................................................................................46
Create a Google Account............................................................................................46
Sign In to Your Google Account ..................................................................................47
Access Gmail..............................................................................................................47
Send a Gmail Message ..............................................................................................47
Read and Reply to Gmail Messages ...........................................................................48
Samsung Account ..............................................................................................................48
Email .................................................................................................................................48
Add an Email Account ................................................................................................49
Add a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Account ..........................................................50
Compose and Send Email ..........................................................................................51
TOC
DRAFT
iii
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Reply or Forward Email ..............................................................................................52
Manage Your Email Inbox...........................................................................................52
Edit Email Settings......................................................................................................53
Delete an Email Account.............................................................................................56
Text and Multimedia Messaging.........................................................................................56
Send a Text Message (SMS) ......................................................................................56
Send a Multimedia Message (MMS) ...........................................................................57
Save and Resume a Draft Message ...........................................................................58
New Messages Notification.........................................................................................58
Managing Message Conversations .............................................................................58
Text and MMS Settings ..............................................................................................60
Social Networking Accounts...............................................................................................62
Flipboard ....................................................................................................................62
Google Messenger .....................................................................................................62
Google+ ......................................................................................................................63
Google Talk ................................................................................................................64
YouTube .....................................................................................................................64
Apps and Entertainment............................................................................................................65
DivX ...................................................................................................................................65
DivX Legal Information ...............................................................................................65
Locate Your VOD Registration Number ......................................................................65
Register Your DivX Device for VOD Playback of Purchased Movies...........................65
Google Play Store ..............................................................................................................66
Find and Install an App ...............................................................................................66
Create a Google Wallet Account .................................................................................67
Open an Installed App ................................................................................................67
Uninstall an App .........................................................................................................68
Navigation ..........................................................................................................................68
Google Maps ..............................................................................................................68
Google Local ..............................................................................................................68
Google Navigation ......................................................................................................69
TripAdvisor ........................................................................................................................69
TOC
DRAFT
iv
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Get assistance finding hotels, restaurants, and attractions in any destination. See millions
of reviews, opinions and candid photos from travelers just like you. ...................................69
Samsung Apps ..................................................................................................................69
Music .................................................................................................................................69
FM Radio ....................................................................................................................69
Google Play Music ......................................................................................................69
Music ..........................................................................................................................70
Google Play Movies & TV ..................................................................................................72
Google Play Books ............................................................................................................73
Google Play Magazines .....................................................................................................73
Group Play .........................................................................................................................73
Samsung Link ....................................................................................................................74
Configure Samsung Link Settings ...............................................................................75
Use Samsung Link to Share Media with Another Device ............................................76
Web and Data ...........................................................................................................................77
Wi-Fi ..................................................................................................................................77
Turn Wi-Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network .....................................................77
Connect to a Different Wi-Fi Network ..........................................................................78
Data Services (Sprint 3G and 4G)......................................................................................79
Your Data Services User Name ..................................................................................79
Launch the Browser ....................................................................................................79
4G Services .......................................................................................................................80
Virtual Private Networks (VPN) ..........................................................................................80
Prepare Your Phone for VPN Connection ...................................................................80
Add a VPN ..................................................................................................................81
Connect to a VPN .......................................................................................................81
Disconnect from a VPN ..............................................................................................82
Chrome ..............................................................................................................................82
Internet ..............................................................................................................................82
Pictures and Video ....................................................................................................................83
Camera ..............................................................................................................................83
Open the Camera .......................................................................................................83
Take a Pictures...........................................................................................................84
TOC
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Record Videos ............................................................................................................84
Camera Options .........................................................................................................85
Quick Camera Settings ...............................................................................................86
Advanced Camera Settings ........................................................................................86
Gallery ...............................................................................................................................87
View Photos and Videos .............................................................................................89
Zoom In or Out on a Photo .........................................................................................90
Working with Photos ...................................................................................................91
Share Photos and Videos ...........................................................................................92
Samsung Hub ....................................................................................................................94
Use Samsung Hub......................................................................................................94
WatchON ...........................................................................................................................96
Story Album .......................................................................................................................97
Video .................................................................................................................................97
Tools and Calendar .................................................................................................................100
Calendar ..........................................................................................................................100
Add an Event to the Calendar ...................................................................................100
Event Alerts ..............................................................................................................101
View Events ..............................................................................................................102
Erase Events ............................................................................................................103
Alarm and Timer ..............................................................................................................104
Calculator ........................................................................................................................104
Dropbox ...........................................................................................................................105
Download the Desktop Application ...........................................................................105
Accessing Dropbox on Your Device ..........................................................................105
Manually Uploading a Picture to Dropbox .................................................................106
Google Now .....................................................................................................................106
Google Settings ...............................................................................................................106
Help .................................................................................................................................106
S Memo ...........................................................................................................................107
My Files ...........................................................................................................................109
Voice Services .................................................................................................................109
S Translator ..............................................................................................................109
TOC
DRAFT
vi
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
S Voice .....................................................................................................................109
Voice Recorder .........................................................................................................110
Voice Search ............................................................................................................111
Bluetooth .........................................................................................................................111
Turn Bluetooth On or Off...........................................................................................111
The Bluetooth Settings Menu ....................................................................................111
Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit ...................................................................111
Reconnect a Headset or Car Kit ...............................................................................112
Disconnect or Unpair from a Bluetooth Device ..........................................................112
Send Information Using Bluetooth ............................................................................113
Receive Information Using Bluetooth ........................................................................115
microSD Card ..................................................................................................................116
Remove a microSD Card ..........................................................................................116
View microSD Card Memory.....................................................................................116
Format a microSD Card ............................................................................................116
Unmount a microSD Card .........................................................................................117
Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer ......................................................117
Update Your Phone .........................................................................................................118
Before Updating Your Firmware................................................................................118
Update your Phone ...................................................................................................119
Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service..........................................................................................120
Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your Account ........................................................120
Your SIM Card .................................................................................................................120
Enable Global Roaming Mode .........................................................................................121
Make and Receive Worldwide Calls .................................................................................122
Sprint Voicemail Service ..................................................................................................123
Set Up Your Voicemail Access Number ....................................................................123
Access Your Voicemail .............................................................................................123
Voicemail Troubleshooting........................................................................................124
International Data Roaming .............................................................................................124
Get Started With Data Services ................................................................................124
Access Email and Data Services on GSM/UMTS Networks ......................................125
Access Email and Data Services on CDMA Networks ..............................................125
TOC
DRAFT
vii
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Status Messages .............................................................................................................126
Contact Sprint for Assistance ...........................................................................................127
Settings ...................................................................................................................................129
Wi-Fi Settings ..................................................................................................................129
Turn Wi-Fi On or Off .................................................................................................129
Configure Wi-Fi Settings ...........................................................................................130
Other Wi-Fi Settings .................................................................................................130
Wi-Fi Direct ...............................................................................................................131
Bluetooth .........................................................................................................................131
Turn Bluetooth On or Off...........................................................................................132
Bluetooth Settings.....................................................................................................132
Data Usage ......................................................................................................................133
More Networks Settings ...................................................................................................134
Airplane Mode ..........................................................................................................134
Mobile Networks .......................................................................................................134
VPN ..........................................................................................................................135
Roaming ...................................................................................................................135
NFC .................................................................................................................................136
Turn NFC On or Off ..................................................................................................136
Android Beam ...........................................................................................................136
S Beam ............................................................................................................................136
Turn S Beam On or Off .............................................................................................137
Nearby Devices ...............................................................................................................137
Screen Mirroring ..............................................................................................................138
Kies via Wi-Fi ...................................................................................................................138
Lock Screen .....................................................................................................................138
Screen Lock..............................................................................................................138
Lock Screen Options ................................................................................................139
Display .............................................................................................................................142
Wallpaper .................................................................................................................142
Notification Panel ......................................................................................................142
Screen Mode ............................................................................................................143
Brightness ................................................................................................................143
TOC
DRAFT
viii
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Auto-rotate Screen....................................................................................................143
Screen Timeout ........................................................................................................143
Daydream .................................................................................................................143
Font Style .................................................................................................................144
Font Size ..................................................................................................................144
Touch Key Light Duration .........................................................................................145
Show Battery Percentage .........................................................................................145
Edit After Screen Capture .........................................................................................145
Auto Adjust Screen Tone ..........................................................................................145
LED Indicator ...................................................................................................................146
Sound ..............................................................................................................................146
Volume .....................................................................................................................146
Ringtones .................................................................................................................147
Vibrations .................................................................................................................147
Notifications ..............................................................................................................147
Vibrate When Ringing ...............................................................................................148
Dialing Keypad Tone ................................................................................................148
Touch Sounds ..........................................................................................................148
Screen Lock Sound ..................................................................................................148
Emergency Tone ......................................................................................................149
Adapt Sound .............................................................................................................149
Home Screen Mode .........................................................................................................149
Call Settings ....................................................................................................................150
Set Up Call Rejection Messages...............................................................................150
Answering/Ending Calls ............................................................................................150
Turn Off Screen During Calls ....................................................................................150
Call Alerts .................................................................................................................150
Call Accessories .......................................................................................................151
Ringtones And Keypad Tones ..................................................................................152
Personalize Call Sound ............................................................................................152
Noise Reduction .......................................................................................................153
Increase Volume In Pocket .......................................................................................153
Us Dialing .................................................................................................................153
TOC
DRAFT
ix
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
International Dialing ..................................................................................................153
TTY Mode .................................................................................................................154
DTMF Tones.............................................................................................................154
Voicemail Settings ....................................................................................................154
Voice Privacy ............................................................................................................154
Blocking Mode .................................................................................................................155
Power Saving Mode .........................................................................................................156
Accessory ........................................................................................................................156
Accessibility .....................................................................................................................157
Language and Input .........................................................................................................159
Choose a Default Language .....................................................................................159
Set a Default Input Method .......................................................................................159
Google Voice Typing Settings ...................................................................................159
Samsung Keyboard Settings ....................................................................................160
Swype Settings .........................................................................................................161
Voice Search Settings ..............................................................................................162
Text-To-Speech Options ...........................................................................................163
Pointer Speed ...........................................................................................................163
Motions and Gestures ......................................................................................................163
Smart Screen ...................................................................................................................164
Smart Stay ................................................................................................................164
Voice Control ...................................................................................................................165
Accounts ..........................................................................................................................165
Add an Account ........................................................................................................165
Backup Options ........................................................................................................166
Location Services ............................................................................................................166
Security............................................................................................................................167
Encryption ................................................................................................................168
Passwords ................................................................................................................168
Device Administration ...............................................................................................168
Credential Storage ....................................................................................................169
Application Manager ........................................................................................................169
Battery .............................................................................................................................169
TOC
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Storage ............................................................................................................................170
Date and Time .................................................................................................................170
Activate This Device ........................................................................................................171
System Update ................................................................................................................171
About Device ...................................................................................................................171
Index .......................................................................................................................................173
TOC
DRAFT
xi
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Get Started
The following topics give you all the information you need to set up your phone and Sprint
service the first time.
Your Phone at a Glance
The following illustration outlines your phone’s primary features.
Get Started
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Set Up Your Phone
You must first install and charge the battery to begin setting up your phone.
1. Install the battery.

Using the slot provided, gently lift the cover off the phone.

Insert the battery, aligning the gold contacts on the battery with the gold contacts on
the phone, and gently press the battery into place.

Replace the battery compartment cover, making sure all the tabs are secure and
there are no gaps around the cover.
2. Plug the USB cable into the Charger/Accessory Jack on the bottom of the phone.
3. Plug the other end of the USB cable into the Charging Head, and then plug the Charging
Head into an electrical outlet to charge your battery. Fully charging a battery may take
up to three hours.
Note: Your phone’s battery should have enough charge to turn the phone on and find a signal,
run the setup application, set up voicemail, and make a call. You should fully charge the
battery as soon as possible.
4. Press and hold the Power/Lock Key to turn the phone on.

If your phone is activated, it will turn on, search for Sprint service, and begin the
setup application.

If your phone is not yet activated, see Activate Your Phone for more information.
Get Started
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Activate Your Phone
Depending on your account or how and where you purchased your phone, it may be ready to
use or you may need to activate it on your Sprint account.
●
If you purchased your phone at a Sprint Store, it is probably activated and ready to use.
●
If you received your phone in the mail and it is for a new Sprint account or a new line of
service, it is designed to activate automatically.

●
When you turn the phone on for the first time, you should see a Hands Free
Activation screen, which may be followed by a PRL Update screen and a Firmware
Update screen. Follow the onscreen instructions to continue.
If you received your phone in the mail and you are activating a new phone for an existing
number on your account (you’re swapping phones), you can activate on your computer
online or directly on your phone.

Activate on your computer:
•

●
Tip:
Go to sprint.com/activate and complete the online instructions to activate your
phone.
Activate on your phone:
•
Turn on your new phone. (Make sure the old one is turned off.) Your phone will
automatically attempt Hands-Free Activation.
•
Follow the onscreen prompts to complete the activation process.
To confirm activation, make a phone call. If your phone is still not activated or you do not
have access to the Internet, contact Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4727 for
assistance.
Do not press the Power/Lock Key while the phone is being activated. Pressing the
Power/Lock Key cancels the activation process.
Note: If you are having any difficulty with activation, contact Sprint Customer Service by calling
1-888-211-4727 from any other phone.
Get Started
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Complete the Setup
After you turn on your phone and activate it, your phone displays a Welcome screen. From the
Welcome screen follow the prompts to set up features and preferences on your phone.
Note: In some cases, you may be able to complete the setup process before your phone has
been activated on your Sprint account.
During setup and activation, you may see Sprint Connections Optimizer notice. Read the
notice and tap I Agree to use Sprint Connections Optimizer, or tap Settings and
uncheck option if you do not wish to use the Sprint Connections Optimizer.
1. At the Welcome screen, follow the onscreen instructions to complete setup for each
topic. Tap Next, or the right arrow, to move through the steps. You can skip topics to
continue to the next one.

Language: Choose the default language for your phone’s operation, and then tap
Next.

Wi-Fi: By default, your phone prompts you to use Wi-Fi when accessing data
services. Tap a Wi-Fi access point, or tap Next to continue setup using your phone’s
connection to the network.

Date and time: By default, your phone uses the date and time provided by the
wireless network. Configure options, or tap Next to use the defaults and continue.

Samsung account: Your Samsung account is used with some apps and features.
Tap Sign in to sign in to your Samsung account, or tap Create new account to sign
up for a new Samsung account.

Got Google?: Complete the steps to sign in to your current Google account, or sign
up for a new Google account right from your phone.
•
Yes: Enter your Gmail address and password and tap the right arrow to sign in to
your current Google account.
•
No: Tap Get an account, and then follow the instructions to sign up for a new
Google account, or tap Not now to continue without setting up a Google account
on your phone. You can always set up a Google account later. Tap the right
arrow to move to the next screen.

Google & location: Select Google location options, and then tap the right arrow to
continue.

This phone belongs to: Enter your First and Last name, and then tap the right
arrow to continue.
Get Started
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Dropbox: Dropbox allows you to save your photos and videos to associated
computers and to a Web-based storage area. Tap Create a new Dropbox account
or I already have an account, or tap Next to skip the step and continue.

Learn about key features: Tap features to view details, and tap the ON/OFF switch
to turn the feature On or Off.

Device name: Your device name is how you and other devices identify your device,
such as when sharing via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi Direct. If you want to use a different
name, tap the field and enter a name.
2. Tap Finish to complete setup. Follow the onscreen instructions to learn about basic
touch/tap navigation.
Set Up Voicemail
Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to voicemail, even if your phone is in
use or turned off. You should set up your Sprint Voicemail and personal greeting as soon as
your phone is activated. Always use a password to protect against unauthorized access.
1. Press Home
and tap
Phone.
If your screen is locked, press the Power/Lock Key to turn on the display and then
swipe your screen in any direction. See Turn Your Screen On and Off.
2. Touch and hold
to dial your voicemail number.
3. Follow the system prompts to:

Create your password.

Record your name announcement.

Record your greeting.
Note: Voicemail Password – Sprint strongly recommends that you create a password when
setting up your voicemail to protect against unauthorized access. Without a password,
anyone who has access to your phone is able to access your voicemail messages.
Get Started
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Sprint Account Information and Help
Find out about account passwords and information about managing your account and finding
help.
Sprint Account Passwords
As a Sprint customer, you enjoy unlimited access to your personal account information, your
voicemail account, and your data services account. To ensure that no one else has access to
your information, you will need to create passwords to protect your privacy.
Account User Name and Password
If you are the account owner, you will create an account user name and password when you
sign on to sprint.com. (Click Sign in/Sign up and then click Sign up now! to get started.) If you
are not the account owner (if someone else receives the bill for your Sprint service), you can get
a sub-account password at sprint.com.
Voicemail Password
You’ll create your voicemail password when you set up your voicemail. See Set Up Voicemail
for more information on your voicemail password.
Data Services Password
With your Sprint phone, you may elect to set up an optional data services password to control
access and authorize Premium Service purchases.
For more information, or to change your passwords, sign on to sprint.com or call Sprint
Customer Service at 1-888-211-4727.
Manage Your Account
Manage your Sprint account from your computer, your Sprint phone, or any other phone.
Online: sprint.com
●
Access your account information.
●
Check your minutes used (depending on your Sprint service plan).
●
View and pay your bill.
●
Enroll in Sprint online billing and automatic payment.
●
Purchase accessories.
●
Shop for the latest Sprint phones.
Get Started
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
●
View available Sprint service plans and options.
●
Learn more about data services and other products like games, ring tones, screen
savers, and more.
From Your Sprint Phone
1. Press
Phone.
and then tap
2. Do any of the following:

Tap

to access Sprint Zone and a summary of your Sprint service
Tap
plan or to get answers to other questions.
to make a payment.
Note: You can also access Sprint Zone app from your device. Press
and then tap
Sprint Zone.
From Any Other Phone
●
Sprint Customer Service: 1-888-211-4727.
●
Business Customer Service: 1-888-788-4727.
Sprint Support Services
Sprint 411 and Sprint Operator Services let you easily access information and calling assistance
from your Sprint phone.
Sprint 411
Sprint 411 gives you access to a variety of services and information, including residential,
business, and government listings; movie listings or show times; driving directions, restaurant
reservations, and major local event information. You can get up to three pieces of information
per call, and the operator can automatically connect your call at no additional charge.
There is a per-call charge to use Sprint 411, and you will be billed for airtime.
► Press Home
Get Started
and tap
Phone, and then tap
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Sprint Operator Services
Sprint Operator Services provides assistance when you place collect calls or when you place
calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party.
► Press Home

and tap
Phone, and then tap
For more information or to see the latest in products and services, visit us online at
sprint.com.
Get Started
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Phone Basics
Your phone is packed with features that simplify your life and expand your ability to stay
connected to the people and information that are important to you. The following topics will
introduce the basic functions and features of your phone.
Your Phone’s Layout
This illustration outlines your phone’s basic layout.
Key Functions
The following list defines the features listed in the above illustrations.
●
LED indicator displays red when charging, green when fully charged, blue when
powering up, and orange when a notification has arrived.
●
Light Sensor detects the ambient light level, such as when setting screen brightness
when Automatic brightness is enabled, and when using the Camera.
●
Earpiece lets you hear the caller and automated prompts during calls.
●
Proximity and Gesture Sensors detect the presence of objects near the phone, such
as when using motion settings. For example, while talking on the phone the sensor
detects when it’s near your ear and turns off the screen to prevent accidental key
presses.
●
Front Camera allows you to take pictures and videos of yourself.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
●
Power/Lock Key lets you turn the phone on or off, turn the screen on or off, or lock the
screen. Press and hold for a Device options menu, where you can turn the phone off or
restart it, or for easy access to Airplane mode, and to Mute, Vibrate, and Sound modes.
●
Back Key lets you return to the previous screen, or close a dialog box, options menu,
the Notifications panel, or onscreen keyboard.
●
Home Key returns you to the Home screen. Press and hold to open the recently used
applications window, and access Task Manager and Google Search.
●
Menu Key allows you to access a menu from most of your phone’s screens.
●
Volume Key adjusts the volume of your phone’s sounds. From the Home screen, press
to adjust master volume. During calls or playback, press to adjust volume. Press to mute
the ringtone of an incoming call.
●
Cover Release allows you to lift the cover from the back of your phone.
●
Infrared Transmitter allows you to control other devices, such as a TV, in conjunction
with apps like WatchON.
●
Camera lets you take pictures and record videos.
●
Flash helps illuminate subjects in low-light environments when the camera is focusing
and capturing a photo or video.
●
Microphones allow other callers to hear you when you are using the speakerphone, and
captures sound during recording.
●
3.5 mm Headset Jack allows you to plug in either a stereo headset or an optional
headset for convenient, hands-free conversations.
●
Speaker plays ringtones and sounds. The speaker also lets you hear the caller’s voice
in speakerphone mode.
●
USB Charger/Accessory Port allows you to connect the phone charger/USB cable
(included) and other optional accessories (not included).
CAUTION!
Phone Basics
Inserting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone.
DRAFT
10
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Turn Your Phone On and Off
Use the Power/Lock Key to turn the phone On or Off.
Turn Your Phone On or Off
► Press and hold the Power/Lock Key.
The screen remains blank while your phone is off. If the phone is off during charging, the screen
displays a charging animation.
Turn Your Screen On and Off
Your phone allows you to quickly turn the screen off when not in use and to turn it back on and
unlock it when you need it.
Turn the Screen Off When Not in Use
► To quickly turn the screen off, press the Power/Lock Key. Pressing the Power/Lock
Key again will turn on the screen and display the lock screen.
To save battery power, the phone automatically turns off the screen (times out) after a certain
period of time when you leave it idle. You will still be able to receive messages and calls while
the phone’s screen is off.
Note: For information on how to adjust the time before the screen turns off, see Screen
Timeout.
Turn the Screen On and Unlock It
1. To turn the screen on, press the Power/Lock Key.
2. Unlock the screen:

If you are using the default screen lock, swipe the screen in any direction to unlock it.

If you have set up a screen lock, use your screen lock. See Screen lock.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
11
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Features
Your phone offers new features for using gestures to interact with your phone.
Motions and Gestures
Interact with your phone using motions of the phone itself, or with gestures you make with your
hands.
Motion
Control your phone with natural movements, like putting the device to your ear to call a contact
displayed on the screen.
Motions include:
●
Direct call: When On, you can lift the device to your ear while viewing a contact to call
the contact.
●
Smart alert: When On, you can lift the phone to receive notifications of missed calls and
notifications that occurred while the device was stationary.
●
Zoom: When On, you can tilt the phone to zoom in or out when viewing pictures in
Gallery.
●
Move an icon: When On, you can move the phone left or right while touching an icon to
reposition it to another page.
●
Browse an image: When On, you can move the phone in a side-to-side motion to pan
from side to side while viewing an image.
●
Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by turning the
phone screen-side down.
●
Palm motion: When On, you can control your device by touching the screen with the
palm of your hand.
•
Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by
covering the screen with your hand.
To enable Motion gestures:
► Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device > Motions and gestures > Motion.
For more information, see Motions and Gestures.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
12
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Smart Screen
Smart screen features allow you to have your phone automatically detect when you are looking
at the screen.
Smart screen features include:
●
Smart stay: The screen will not time out as long as you are looking at it.
Smart screen uses the front camera to detect when you are facing the screen. Some factors
that may affect the ability of the front camera to detect your face are:
●
When the phone is not docked or held upright, for example when placed on a table.
●
When the front camera cannot detect your face and eyes.
●
When the front camera is being used for the current application.
●
When the source of light is behind you, or when using the phone in the dark.
Configure Smart Screen
Enable Smart screen features, and learn about using them.
► Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device > Smart screen.
Voice Control
Use spoken commands to control and interact with your phone, such as:
●
Incoming calls: When enabled, you can answer or reject calls with the voice commands
“Answer” and “Reject”. When you answer a call with the voice command, the Speaker
will automatically be turned on for hands-free talking.
●
Alarm: When enabled, you can stop or snooze alarms with the voice commands “Stop”
and “Snooze”.
●
Camera: When enabled, you can take pictures with the voice commands “Smile”,
“Cheese”, “Capture” and “Shoot”.
●
Music: When enabled, you can control the music player with the voice commands
“Next”, “Previous”, “Pause”, “Play”, “Volume Up”, and “Volume Down”.
Configure Voice Control
Enable Voice control features, and learn about using them.
► Press
Phone Basics
and tap
> Settings > My Device > Voice control.
DRAFT
13
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Touchscreen Navigation
Your phone’s touchscreen lets you control actions through a variety of touch gestures.
Tap
When you want to type using the onscreen keyboard, select items onscreen such as application
and settings icons, or press onscreen buttons, simply tap them with your finger.
Touch and Hold
To open the available options for an item (for example, a contact or link in a Web page), touch
and hold the item.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
14
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Swipe or Slide
To swipe or slide means to quickly drag your finger vertically or horizontally across the screen.
Drag
To drag, touch and hold your finger with some pressure before you start to move your finger.
While dragging, do not release your finger until you have reached the target position.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
15
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Flick
Flicking the screen is similar to swiping, except that you need to swipe your finger in light, quick
strokes. This finger gesture is always in a vertical direction, such as when flicking the contacts
or message list.
Rotate
For most screens, you can automatically change the screen orientation from portrait to
landscape by turning the phone sideways. When entering text, you can turn the phone sideways
to bring up a bigger keyboard.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
16
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Note: You can control screen rotation with the Auto-rotate screen setting. To make this
selection, press
and then tap
> Settings > My Device > Display > Autorotate screen. See Auto-rotate screen for more information.
Pinch and Spread
“Pinch” the screen using your thumb and forefinger to zoom out or “spread” the screen to zoom
in when viewing a picture or a Web page. (Move fingers inward to zoom out and outward to
zoom in.)
Tip:
Pinching any Home screen will let you see thumbnails of all seven Home screens. Tap a
thumbnail to go straight to another Home screen.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
17
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Your Home Screen
The home screen is the starting point for your phone’s applications, functions, and menus. You
can customize your home screen by adding application icons, shortcuts, folders, widgets, and
more. Your home screen extends beyond the initial screen. Swipe the screen left or right to
display additional screens.
Note: You can keep swiping in one direction to move through all the home screens, back to the
home screen. The small circles toward the bottom of the screen let you know your
current screen position.
Tip:
Press
to return to the main Home screen from any other screen.
Create Shortcuts
Learn how to add, move, or remove items from the home screen.
Add Shortcuts from the Applications Menu
1. Press
2. Tap
to display the main Home screen, and then navigate to the desired screen.
Apps to display applications, then scroll to locate your desired application.
3. Touch and hold the application icon, and then drag it to a position on the home screen.
4. Release the shortcut to place it on the screen.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
18
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Add Shortcuts from the Home screen
1. Press
to display the main Home screen, and then navigate to the desired screen.
2. Touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, and then tap Apps and widgets.
3. Touch and hold the application icon, and then drag it to a position on the home screen.
4. Release the shortcut to place it on the screen.
Remove a Shortcut
1. Press
to display the main Home screen.
2. Touch and hold the desired shortcut to unlock it from its location on the current screen.
3. Drag the icon to the Remove icon and release it. As you place the shortcut into the
Trash, both items turn red.
Note: Removing a shortcut does not delete the application, it simply removes the shortcut from
the home screen.
Add and Remove Primary Shortcuts
Primary shortcuts appear at the bottom of the main Home screen by default (Phone, Contacts,
Messaging, Internet, and Apps).
You can change any of your primary shortcuts, except the Apps shortcut.
Note: Before replacing a primary shortcut, you must first add the replacement shortcut to the
Home Screen. For more information, see Create Shortcuts.
1. Press
to display the main Home screen.
2. Touch and hold the primary shortcut you want to replace and then drag it to an empty
space on any Home screen.
3. Scroll the Home screen to find the shortcut you want to add as the new primary shortcut.
4. Touch and hold the new shortcut and then drag it to the empty space in the row of
primary shortcuts. The new primary shortcut will now appear on all Home screens.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
19
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Add and Remove Widgets
Widgets are self-contained applications that reside either in your Widgets tab or on the main or
extended Home screens. Unlike a shortcut, the Widget appears as an onscreen application.
Widgets can include Contacts shortcuts, bookmarks, Facebook® status windows, Gmail and
email accounts, and many other types of apps.
Add a Widget
1. Press
to display the main Home screen, and then navigate to the desired screen.
2. Touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, and then tap Apps and widgets >
Widgets.
3. Touch and hold a widget, and then drag it to a position on the home screen.
4. Release the widget to place it on the screen.
Remove a Widget
1. Press
to display the main Home screen.
2. Touch and hold the desired widget. This unlocks it from its location on the current
screen.
3. Drag the widget to the Remove icon and release it. As you place the widget into the
Trash, both items turn red.
Note: Removing a widget does not delete the widget, it simply removes the widget from the
current screen.
Extended Home Screens
In addition to the main home screen, your phone has six extended home screens to provide
more space for adding icons, widgets, and more. Touch and hold the icon or widget and then
drag across the screen to move from the main screen to an extended screen.
Note: You can have up to seven screens, including the Main home screen.
Recent Applications
You can access recently-used applications through a display of shortcuts to the applications
themselves.
1. Press and hold
from any screen to display recently used applications.
2. Tap an application to open it.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
20
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Status Bar
The status bar at the top of the home screen provides phone and service status information on
the right side and notification alerts on the left. To view notification alerts, touch and hold the
status bar and drag it down.
Status Icons
Icon
Description
Bluetooth® is On
Bluetooth® paired
Wi-Fi® active
Smart screen enabled
Vibrate
Mute
Speakerphone Active
Network (full signal)
Network (roaming)
3G (data service)
4G (data service)
Airplane Mode
Battery (charging)
Battery (full charge)
Phone Basics
DRAFT
21
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Notification Icons
Icon
Description
Missed call
New email
New Gmail
New message
New voicemail
Event
USB connection
Updates available
Downloading
Connected to a PC using Kies air.
Keyboard active
Enter Text
You can type on your device using the available touchscreen QWERTY keyboard, or by
speaking your inputs.
Text Input Methods
Your device offers several text input methods.
●
Google voice typing allows you to speak your entries.
●
Samsung keyboard allows you to enter text by touching keys on a virtual QWERTY
keyboard. Samsung keyboard includes optional predictive text, which matches your key
touches to common words so you can select a word to insert it into your text.
●
Swype lets you enter words by swiping across the virtual QWERTY keyboard. Instead of
tapping each key, use your finger to trace over each letter of a word. You can also tap
letters to enter words.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
22
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Select a Default Text Input Method
You can select a default Text Input Method from Settings, or choose on at any time while
entering text.
From Settings:
► Press
> Settings > My Device > Language and input > Default.
and tap
While entering text:
1. From a screen where you can enter text, drag down from the top of the screen to open
the Notifications panel.
2. Tap Select input method, and then choose a text entry method.
Google Voice Typing
This feature uses Google voice recognition to convert your spoken words into text.
Use Google Voice Typing to Enter Text
1. From a screen where you can enter text, drag down from the top of the screen to open
the Notifications panel, and then tap Google voice typing.
2. Speak into the microphone and watch your text being entered onscreen.
3. If the text is incorrect, tap DELETE.
4. Once you have completed entering your text, tap Done. The onscreen keyboard will
reappear.
Note: Select a language by tapping at the bottom of the Listening area. Tap Add more
languages to assign a new language via the Google voice typing menu. Removing the
check mark from the Automatic field allows you to select additional languages.
Configure Google Voice Typing
► Press
tap
Phone Basics
and tap
> Settings > My Device > Language and input, and then
next to Google voice typing.
DRAFT
23
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Samsung Keyboard
With Samsung Keyboard, it's easy to enter text, symbols, and numbers.
Use Samsung Keyboard to Enter Text
1. From a screen where you can enter text drag down from the top of the screen to open
the Notifications panel, and then tap Samsung keyboard.
2. Tap keys to enter text. While entering text, use these options:

If you make a mistake, tap
to delete incorrect characters. Touch and hold
to delete a whole word or field.

Tap

Tap
to switch to a symbols keyboard, to enter symbols. There are two symbol
keyboards.

Tap
to change the case of the text. Tap
twice to switch to all capitals.
to switch to Google Voice typing, to enter text by speaking.
Configure Samsung Keyboard
► Press
tap
and tap
> Settings > My Device > Language and input, and then
next to Samsung keyboard.
Note: For more information about Samsung Keyboard settings, see Samsung Keyboard
Settings.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
24
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Swype
Swype lets you enter words by tracing over the letters on the virtual QWERTY keyboard.
Instead of tapping each key, use your finger to trace over each letter of a word. You can also
tap letters to enter words.
Swype provides next-letter prediction and regional error correction, which can compensate for
tapping the wrong keys on the virtual QWERTY keyboards.
Use Swype to Enter Text
1. From a screen where you can enter text drag down from the top of the screen to open
the Notifications panel, and then tap Swype.
2. Swipe your finger continuously over the letters to form a word. As you swipe over letters,
words matching your pattern display at the top of the Swype keyboard. To enter a word,
lift your finger, or tap a word at the top of the keyboard.
3. While entering text, use these options:

to delete a single character. Touch and hold
If you make a mistake, tap
to delete an entire word or field.

By default, Swype starts with a capital at the beginning of text. Tap
a capital letter, or tap

to start with
twice to enter all capitals.
to switch to a symbols keyboard, and then tap keys to enter symbols.
Tap
Configure Swype
► Press
tap
and tap
> Settings > My Device > Language and input, and then
next to Swype.
- or From the Swype keyboard, touch and hold
Note: For more information about Swype settings, see Swype Settings.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
25
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Tips for Editing Text
These tips allow you to cut or copy selected text and paste it into a separate selected area.
1. In a text entry field, double-tap the text.
2. Touch and drag the sliders to highlight and select the desired text.
3. Tap an onscreen option from the Edit text menu bar. You can drag your finger along the
menu bar to see all the options:

Select all: Highlights all the text in the field.

Cut: Removes the selected text and saves it to the clipboard.

Copy: Copies the selected text to the clipboard.

Translate: Launch S Translator to translate the selected text.

Paste: Insert the last copied or cut text into the current field.

Clipboard: Display the clipboard to choose previously cut or copied text.
Phone Basics
DRAFT
26
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Phone Calls
With the Sprint National Network and your phone’s phone, you can enjoy clear calling across
the country.
Make Phone Calls
There are several convenient ways to place calls from your phone.
Call Using the Keypad
The most “traditional” way to place a call is by using the phone’s dialer screen.
1. Press
Phone.
and tap
2. Tap the number keys on the keypad to enter the phone number. As you enter digits,
Smart Dial searches for contacts that match. If you see the number you want to dial, tap
it to place the call immediately without entering the rest of the number.
3.
Tap
to call the number.
4. To end the call, tap
Call from Logs
All incoming, outgoing and missed calls are recorded in the Call log. You can place a call to
numbers or contacts that display in this area.
1. Press
and tap
Phone.
2. Tap the Logs tab. A list of recent calls displays.
3. Tap the entry, then tap

Tip:
to the right of a number or contact to place a call.
For additional options, tap the name or number.
You can also swipe the entry from left to right to place a call, or from right to left to send
a message.
Phone Calls
DRAFT
27
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Call from Contacts
You can place calls directly from your Contacts list using either of the following procedures.
Note: You can access Contacts directly from the Phone app. Tap
Contacts tab at the top of the screen.
1. Press
and tap
and then tap the
Contacts.
2. Tap a contact and then tap
- or -
Swipe your finger across the contact from left to right.
Call a Number in a Text Message
While viewing a text message, you can place a call to a number that is in the body of the
message. For more information, see Text and Multimedia Messaging.
1. Press
and tap
Messaging.
2. Open the message with the phone number and tap the phone number.
3. Tap Call to dial the number.
Call a Number in an Email Message
While viewing an email or Gmail message, you can place a call to a number that is in the body
of the message.
1. Press
and tap
Email.
2. Open the message with the phone number and tap the phone number.
3. The Phone screen opens with the phone number automatically entered and ready to be
dialed. To place the call, tap
Call Emergency Numbers
You can place calls to 911 even if the phone’s screen is locked or your account is restricted.
Note: To call the 911 emergency number when the phone’s screen is locked, press
to
turn the screen on, and then touch Emergency call at the bottom of the lock screen.
1. Press
2. Tap
Phone Calls
and tap
Phone.
DRAFT
28
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Enhanced 911 (E911) Information
This phone features GPS (Global Positioning System), which is used for E911 emergency
location service, where available.
When you place a call to 911, the GPS feature of your phone provides information about your
approximate location. Depending on several variables, including availability and access to
satellite signals, it may take up to 30 seconds or more to determine and report your approximate
location.
Important!
Always report your location to the 911 operator when placing an emergency call.
Some designated emergency call takers, known as Public Safety Answering
Points (PSAPs), may not be equipped to receive GPS location information from
your phone.
Receive Phone Calls
When you receive a phone call from a contact, the Incoming call screen appears and displays
the caller ID icon, name, and phone number of the calling party. When you receive a phone call
from someone who is not stored in Contacts, only the default caller ID icon and phone number
appear on the Incoming call screen.
Note: If your phone is turned off, all calls automatically go to voicemail.
Answer an Incoming Call
The following procedure shows you how to answer an incoming call.
► When the call comes in, touch and slide
to the right to answer the call.
Mute the Ringing Sound
You can mute the ringtone without rejecting the call by doing either of the following.
●
Press the Volume Key down.
●
Place the phone face down on a level surface. See Motions and Gestures for options,
including the Mute/pause Motion to mute incoming calls by turning over the phone.
Reject an Incoming Call
The following procedure shows you how to reject and incoming call.
► When the call comes in, touch and slide
Phone Calls
to the left.
DRAFT
29
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Reject a Call with a Text Message
You can automatically reject an incoming call by sending a text message to the caller.
1. Touch and drag Reject call with message toward the top of the screen.
2. Select an existing message and tap
- or Tap Create new message to send a new text message.
Phone Call Options
The Phone app provides many useful features and options to help you make the most of your
calling experience.
Dialing Options
1. Press
and tap
2. While dialing a call, tap
Phone.
for options, including:

Send message: Send a text message to the number you dialed.

Add to contacts: Save the number to a new contact, or update an existing contact.
See Add a Contact for more information.

Speed dial setting: View speed dials.

Add 2-sec pause: Insert a 2-second pause into the number you are dialing. This can
be useful when storing numbers for automated phone menus.

Add wait: Insert a pause into the number you are dialing, to wait for input from you.
This can be useful when storing numbers for automated phone menus.

Call settings: Configure call settings. For more information, see Call Settings.
Phone Calls
DRAFT
30
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Caller ID
Caller ID identifies a caller while the phone is ringing, by displaying the number of the incoming
call.
Block Caller ID
You can block your Caller ID (visible to other when you make a call), before making a call. The
blocking only lasts for that call, then returns to regular Caller ID.
To permanently block your number, you must call Sprint Customer Service.
1. Press
Phone.
and tap
2. Tap
Call Waiting
When you’re on a call, Call Waiting alerts you to incoming calls by sounding a tone. Your
phone’s screen informs you that another call is coming in and displays the caller’s phone
number (if it is available).
To respond to an incoming call while you’re on a call:
1. Slide
to the right. (This puts the first caller on hold and answers the second call.)
2. To switch back to the first caller, tap Swap.
3-Way Calling
With 3-Way Calling (also known as Conference calling), you can talk to two people at the same
time. When using this feature, the normal airtime rates will be charged for each of the two calls.
1. Press
and tap
Phone.
2. Tap the number keys to enter a phone number, and then tap
3. Once you have established the call, tap Add call and dial the second number. (This puts
the first caller on hold and dials the second number.)
4. When you’re connected to the second party, tap Merge. If one of the people you called
hangs up during your call, you and the remaining caller stay connected. If you initiated
the call and are the first to hang up, all callers are disconnected.
5. To end the three-way call, tap
Phone Calls
DRAFT
31
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Call Forwarding
Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to another phone number – even when
your phone is turned off. You can continue to make calls from your phone when you have Call
Forwarding is activated.
Note: You are charged a higher rate for forwarded calls.
To activate Call Forwarding:
1. Press
Phone.
and tap
2. Tap
3. Enter the area code and phone number to which you want your calls forwarded.
4. Tap
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the activation of Call Forwarding.)
To deactivate Call Forwarding:
1. Press
and tap
2. Tap
3. Tap
Phone.
. (You will see a message and hear a tone to confirm the deactivation.)
In-call Options
While you’re on a call, you will see a number of onscreen options. Tap an option to select it.
●
Add call: displays the keypad so you can dial another call.
●
Keypad: displays the keypad, where you can enter numbers using DTMF (Dual Tone
Multi-Frequency). This can be useful if you need to enter an access code or other
information while on an active call.
●
End call: terminates the call.
●
Speaker: controls whether the call audio plays through the speaker or the earpiece.

Tap Speaker to play the audio through the speaker. (You can adjust the speaker
volume using the Volume Key.) A green line appears under the Speaker button.

Tap Speaker again to use the phone’s earpiece. The green line will disappear when
Speaker is not activated.
Warning!
Phone Calls
Because of higher volume levels, do not place the phone near your ear during
speakerphone use.
DRAFT
32
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
●
Mute: turns the onboard microphone either on or off.

Tap Mute during a call to mute the microphone. A green line will appear under the
Mute button.

Tap Mute again to unmute the microphone. The green line will disappear when Mute
is not activated.
Note: If Mute is activated, the speaker mode is deactivated.
●
●
Headset: connects to a Bluetooth headset.

Tap Headset during a call to activate a Bluetooth headset. A green line will appear
under the Headset button.

Tap Headset again to de-activate the Bluetooth headset. The green line will
disappear when the Headset is not activated.
Tap
for more options:

Contacts: Launches Contacts.

Memo: Launches Memo, to create memo during a call.

Message: Launches Messaging, to create a new message.
Speed Dials
You can assign a shortcut number to a phone number in your Contacts List for speed dialing.
There are one hundred available numbered spaces. Speed dial 1 is reserved for Voicemail.
Assign Speed Dials
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Phone.
> Speed dial setting.
3. Tap an unused space and then select a contact to assign to the number. The selected
contact number will display in the speed dial list.
Remove Speed Dials
1. Press
and tap
Phone.
2. Tap
> Speed dial setting.
3. Tap
> Remove, and then tap the X next to the speed dials you want to remove.
Phone Calls
DRAFT
33
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Edit Speed Dials
1. Press
2. Tap
Phone.
and tap
> Speed dial setting.
3. Tap
> Change order, and then tap the entry you want to move. This will highlight
the entry.
4. Tap an unassigned space. (For example, if you select an entry in space 12, and space 8
shows "Not assigned," you can tap space 8 to move the entry.)
Making a Call Using a Speed Dial
1. Press
Phone.
and tap
2. Touch the speed dial digits, holding the last digit until the number dials.
Voicemail
Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail, even if your phone is
in use or turned off. You should set up your Sprint Voicemail and personal greeting as soon as
your phone is activated. Always use a password to protect against unauthorized access.
Set Up Voicemail
The following steps will guide you through setting up your standard voicemail from the Phone
app.
For information about setting up voicemail using the Visual Voicemail app, see Visual Voicemail.
You should set up your Sprint Voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is
activated. Always use a password to protect against unauthorized access. Your phone
automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or
turned off.
1. Press
Phone.
and tap
2. Press and hold
3. Follow the system prompts to:

Create your password.

Record your name announcement.

Record your greeting.
Phone Calls
DRAFT
34
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Note: Voicemail Password – Sprint strongly recommends that you create a password when
setting up your voicemail to protect against unauthorized access. Without a password,
anyone who has access to your phone can access your voicemail messages.
Retrieve Your Voicemail Messages
You can access your voicemail by using the following process.
1. Press
Phone.
and tap
2. Press and hold
3. Follow the system prompts to enter your voicemail password and manage voicemail.
Note: You can also access Visual Voicemail from the Phone keypad by tapping
Voicemail Notification
There are several ways your phone alerts you to a new message.
●
By sounding the notification ringtone.
●
By displaying
in the Notifications area of the Status bar when a new voicemail
message(s) are received.
●
By displaying the number of new voicemail message(s) on the Voicemail app icon.
Note: Your phone accepts voicemail even when it is turned off. However, your phone only
notifies you of new messages when it is turned on and you are in a Sprint service area.
When you are outside the Nationwide Sprint Network, you may not receive notification of
new voicemail messages. Sprint recommends that you periodically check your voicemail
by dialing 1 + area code + your wireless phone number. Roaming rates apply when you
access voicemail while outside the Nationwide Sprint Network.
Phone Calls
DRAFT
35
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Visual Voicemail
Visual Voicemail offers a new way to manage your voicemail. Use Visual Voicemail to:
●
View your voicemails as text.
●
Choose messages to view. You don’t have to listen to them in the order they arrived.
●
Archive important messages.
●
Compose new messages, and send them to Email, as a text message, or directly to
Voicemail.
●
Share messages via Email and text message.
●
With a Premium account, you can read your voicemails, have them auto-forwarded to
Email, or share them with Facebook® or Twitter.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Voicemail.
2. Follow the prompts to set up an account and learn about using Visual Voicemail.
Note: You can also access Visual Voicemail from the Phone keypad by tapping
Logs
The Logs tab of the Phone application lists all recent incoming, outgoing, and missed calls.
View Logs
The following procedures will guide you through viewing your call logs list.
1. Press
and tap
Phone > Logs.
> View by, then tap All calls, Missed calls, Dialed
2. To choose logs to display, tap
calls, Received calls, or Rejected calls to filter the list.
Phone Calls
DRAFT
36
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Logs Options
The following procedures will guide you through accessing and understanding your call log
options.
and tap
1. Press
Phone > Logs.
2. Touch and hold a call to display the options list.

Copy to dialing screen

Send number

Add to contacts/View contact

Delete
Clear Logs
Follow these steps to clear the Logs list.
and tap
1. Press
2. Tap
Phone > Logs.
> Delete.
3. Tap Select all or tap individual entries to select them.
4. Tap Delete.
Phone Calls
DRAFT
37
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Contacts
The Contacts application lets you store and manage contacts from a variety of sources,
including contacts you enter and save directly in your phone as well as contacts synchronized
with your Google account, your PC, compatible email programs (including Exchange Server),
and your Facebook friends.
Get Started With Contacts
Before using Contacts, it’s best to learn a few basics.
Your phone automatically sorts the Contacts entries alphabetically. You can create a Google
contact, a phone contact, or a Corporate (Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync) contact.
●
Google contacts are synchronized between your phone and a Google account you set
up on your phone.
●
Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync contacts are synchronized between your phone and
an Exchange Server or Microsoft® Outlook® account set up on your phone.
●
Device contacts are stored locally on the phone.
Note: If the phone is ever reset to its factory default parameters, locally stored contacts (phone
contacts) can be lost.
Access Contacts
There are a few ways to display Contacts.
► Press
and tap
Contacts.
and tap
Phone > Contacts tab.
- or Press
Tip:
To quickly move to a specific section in your contact list, tap a letter on the right side of
the list to go directly to that letter in the alphabetical list.
Contacts
DRAFT
38
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Contacts Options
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Contacts.
to display the contacts list options.

Delete: Allows you to choose contacts to erase.

Import/Export: Imports or exports the selected contact information from a specified
location.

Merge accounts: Combines phone contacts with a Google or Samsung account.

Accounts: Displays accounts set up on your phone.

Speed dial setting: Allows you to assign a speed dial number to a selected contact.

Send message/email: Allows you to create a new text message or email to selected
contacts.

Contacts to display: Allows you choose contacts to display, from accounts set up
on your phone, or other sources.

Settings: Displays options for viewing contacts, including whether to show only
contacts with phone numbers and whether to list or display by first name or last
name. There is also an option to specify how contacts are transferred to another
device, either individually or as a full group.

Help: Displays information about how to use Contacts.
Contacts
DRAFT
39
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Add a Contact
You can add contacts directly from the Contacts application. Enter details such as name, phone
numbers, email addresses, mailing addresses, and more.
and tap
1. Press
2. Tap
Contacts.
at the top of the screen.
3. Tap Device to store the contact on your phone, or tap an account to store the contact.
4. Touch contact fields to enter information.

Tap
and assign a picture to the new entry:
•
Image: Choose a picture from Gallery.
•
Pictures by people: Choose pictures by tags.
•
Take picture: Take a new picture.
•
S Memo: Choose an image from S Memo.

Tap the Name field and use the onscreen keyboard to enter the full name. Tap
next to the Name field to display additional name fields.

Tap the Phone number field, and then enter a phone number. Tap
choose a label for the number. Tap

to add another phone number.
Tap the Email field, and then enter an email address. Tap
label for the number. Tap
, and then
, and then choose a
to add another email address.

Tap Groups to assign the contact to a group.

Tap Ringtone to choose a ringtone to play for calls from the contact.

Tap Message alert to choose a ringtone to play for new messages from the contact.

Tap Vibration pattern to choose a vibration to play for new calls or messages from
the contact.

Tap Add another field to add new fields for the contact.
5. Tap Save to save the new contact.
Contacts
DRAFT
40
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Save a Phone Number
You can save a phone number to Contacts directly from the phone keypad.
1. Press
and tap
Phone.
2. Enter a phone number using the onscreen keypad.
3. Tap Add to Contacts, and then tap Create contact or Update existing.
4. Select an account for the contact, and then continue adding information for the contact,
as desired.
5. Tap Save to save the contact.
Note: If you have accounts set up on your phone, you can save the contact to an account.
Edit a Contact
Once you’ve added a contact, you can add or edit any of the information in the entry, assign a
caller ID picture, customize with a unique ringtone, and more.
Add or Edit Information for a Contact
You can modify existing contact information to keep your information up-to-date.
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap
Tip:
> Edit.
You can also touch and hold the contact and then tap Edit.
3. Tap any field you want to change or add. See Add a Contact.
4. Add or edit the information, and then tap Save.
Contacts
DRAFT
41
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Assign a Picture to a Contact
Adding a picture to a contact entry creates a more personal and easily recognized entry. For
example, when receiving a call from one of your contacts, the associated picture will display.
You can assign a picture from Gallery, or take a new picture with Camera.
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap
3. Tap
> Edit.
, or the currently assigned picture, and then choose an option:

Image: Choose a picture from Gallery. See Gallery for more information.

Pictures by people: Choose a picture from tagged pictures in Gallery.

Take picture: Launch Camera to take a new picture.

S Memo: Launch S Memo to create a memo image.
4. Follow the prompts to save the picture to the contact.
Tip:
You can also touch and hold the contact and then tap Edit.
Assign a Ringtone to a Contact
You can assign a special ringtone to individual contacts for more personalization.
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap a contact to display it.
3. Tap the Ringtone field and choose a ringtone. You can choose a ringtone preloaded on
your phone, or tap Add to choose a sound from Music.
4. Tap OK to assign the ringtone.
Join a Contact
When you have contacts from various sources (Gmail, phone, Facebook, etc.), you may have
multiple similar entries for a single contact. Your phone’s Contacts application lets you link
multiple entries into a single contact.
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap
> Join contact.
3. Tap another entry to link it to the original contact.
Note: You can join up to five contacts in a single entry.
Contacts
DRAFT
42
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Delete a Contact
You can delete a contact from the contacts details page.
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap
Tip:
> Delete.
You can also touch and hold the contact and then tap Delete.
3. Tap OK.
Add Entries to Your Favorites
The Favorites tab is a listing that can help you quickly access your most used or preferred
Contacts entries.
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Touch and hold the entry name from the Contacts tab listing.
3. From the Contacts Entry context menu, tap Add to Favorites.
Note: You can also use the star icon on the Contact’s details page to indicate favorites. Tap
the star; the star turns yellow when the contact is a favorite.
Create Groups
This feature allows you to add a new or existing contact to a call group. This group can be one
of the already present groups (Family, Friends, or Work) or a user-created group.
To create a new group:
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap the Groups tab, and then tap
> Create.
3. Tap fields to enter information about the group:

Tap Group name to enter a name for the new group.

Tap Group ringtone to select a ringtone for notifications for incoming calls from
group members.

Tap Message alert to select a ringtone for notifications for new messages from
group members.

Tap Vibration pattern to select a vibration pattern for alerts to incoming calls or
messages from group members.
Contacts
DRAFT
43
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
4. Tap Add member and select a member or members to add to the new group, and then
tap Done.
5. Tap Save to save the new group.
To add a contact to a group:
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap the Groups tab, and then tap a group.
3. Tap
at the top of the screen.
4. From the list of contacts, tap the contact(s) you want to add. (A green check-mark
appears next to the selected entries.)
5. Tap Done > Save.
To send a message to a group:
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap the Groups tab, and then tap a group.
3. Tap
> Send message.
4. Select the recipients of the new message (indicated by a green checkmark) and then tap
Done.
5. Type your message, and then tap
Share a Contact
You can quickly share contacts using Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.
1. Press
and tap
Contacts.
2. Tap a contact to display it, and then press
> Share namecard via.
3. Choose a sending method, then follow the prompts to send the contact:

Bluetooth: Send the information via Bluetooth. See Bluetooth for information on
pairing and sending via Bluetooth.

Email: Attach the contact to a new Email message. If prompted, select an email
account. Address the message, add a subject and a message, and then tap Send.
See Compose and Send Email for details on sending email.
Contacts
DRAFT
44
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Gmail: Send the information as a Gmail attachment. Address the message, add a
subject and a message, and then tap Send. See Send a Gmail Message for details.

Messaging: Attach the contact to a message(converts the message to MMS). Select
a contact or enter a wireless phone number or email address, enter any additional
information, and then tap Send. For more information on text messaging, see Text
and Multimedia Messaging.

Wi-Fi Direct: Transfer the contact via a peer-to-peer Wi-Fi connection.
Contacts
DRAFT
45
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
With Sprint service and your phone’s messaging capabilities, you have the opportunity to share
information through many different channels and accounts.
Google Account
Many of your phone’s applications, such as Gmail, Google Maps, Google Talk, and the Google
Play Store, require a Google account. To use these applications, you must set up your Google
account on your phone. Setting up your account on your phone syncs your phone and your
online Google account.
Create a Google Account
If you do not already have a Google account, you can create one online or using your phone.
Note: You can also create and sign into your Google/Gmail account through your phone’s
Setup application.
Although you need a Gmail account to use certain features of your phone, such as
Google Play, you do not need to use Gmail as the default account for your phone.
Create a Google Account Online
1. From a computer, launch a Web browser and navigate to google.com.
2. On the main page, click Sign in > SIGN UP.
3. Follow the onscreen prompts to create your free account.
Create a Google Account Using Your Phone
1. Press
and tap
> Settings.
2. Tap Accounts > Add account > Google > New.
3. Follow the onscreen prompts to create your free account.
46
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Sign In to Your Google Account
If you have a Google Account but have not yet signed in with your phone, follow these
instructions to sign in to your Google Account.
1. Press
> Settings.
and tap
2. Tap Accounts tab > Add account > Google > Existing.
3. Follow the prompts to enter your Google account and password, and choose options for
your account on your phone.
Access Gmail
After you set up your Google account on your phone, you are automatically signed in to your
Gmail account, and you can access Gmail from your phone.
1. Press
Apps >
and tap
Gmail.
2. Do any of the following:

View more email messages: If the Inbox is full, swipe your finger up the screen to
view more messages and conversations.

Read a new email message: Tap a message or conversation with an new message
(unread items display in bold).

Select messages and conversations: Tap the box before the email or
conversation.

View the Inbox of another Gmail account: If you have more than one Google
account set up on your phone, tap Inbox at the top of the screen and then choose
an account to view.
Send a Gmail Message
Send and receive Gmail from your phone.
1. Press
Apps >
and tap
2. From the Inbox, tap
Gmail.
3. Enter the message recipient’s email address in the To field. You can add as many
message recipients as you want.
Note: To send a carbon copy (Cc) or a blind carbon copy (Bcc) of the email to other recipients,
tap
> Add Cc/Bcc.
4. Tap the Subject field and enter the email subject.
47
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
5. Tap the Compose email field and compose your email. To add an attachment, tap
> Attach picture or Attach video.
6. To send the message, tap

> Save draft. To view your draft email
To save the current email as a draft, tap
messages, from the Inbox, tap Inbox and then tap Drafts.

To delete the current email message, tap
> Discard.
Read and Reply to Gmail Messages
Below are procedures for reading and replying to Gmail messages.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gmail.
2. Tap a message to display its contents.
Tip:
You can also access new messages through the Notifications bar. When a new Gmail
message arrives, you’ll see the icon in the Notifications bar. Touch and hold the bar and
slide it down to display notifications. Tap a message to display it.
3. Tap
to display the reply screen.
4. Tap the menu at the top of the screen, and then tap Reply, Reply All, or Forward.
5. To send the message, tap
Samsung Account
Create a Samsung account, for access to Samsung apps and services, such as Samsung Hub,
Samsung Apps, Samsung Link, and much more.
When you sign in to your Samsung account on your phone, can access Samsung-specific
content and features.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings.
2. Tap Accounts tab > Add account >Samsung account, and then tap Sign in or Create
new account.
3. Follow the prompts to sign into your account, or create a new account.
Note: Tap Help for more information about Samsung accounts, or for help with your account.
Email
Use the Email application to send and receive email from your webmail or other accounts. You
can also access your Exchange ActiveSync email on your phone.
48
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Add an Email Account
Email allows you to send and receive email using various email services. You can also receive
text message alerts when you receive an important email.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Email.
2. Enter your email address in the Email address field.
3. Enter your password in the Password field. To see your password as you enter it, tap
Show password.
4. Tap Next to start automatic email setup. If you need to configure custom settings, tap
Manual setup and then enter your settings. These may include mail type, user name,
password, server, security type, etc.
5. Follow the onscreen prompts to configure options for the account.
6. Tap Done to complete setup.
Note: You can also add email accounts from Settings. Press
Accounts tab > Add account.
and tap
49
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
> Settings >
Add a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Account
The Email application also provides access to your Microsoft Exchange account from your
phone. If your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server 2003, 2007, or 2010 as the corporate
email system, you can use this email application to wirelessly synchronize your email, Contacts,
and Task information directly with your company’s Exchange server.
Use the following procedure to synchronize your phone with a corporate email account.
Note: You can set up multiple Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts on your phone.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Email.
2. Enter your email address in the Email address field.
3. Enter your password in the Password field. To see your password as you enter it, tap
Show password.
4. Tap Next to start automatic email setup. For systems that require custom settings, tap
Manual setup and then enter your settings. You may need to consult your network
administrator for this information:

Domain\Username: Enter your network domain and username, separated by “\”.

Password: Enter your network access password (case-sensitive).

Exchange Server: Enter your system’s Exchange server remote email address.
Obtain this information from your company network administrator.

Use secure connection (SSL): Tap to place a checkmark in the box, if your system
requires SSL encryption.

Use client certification: Tap to place a checkmark in the box, if your system
requires certification.
5. Follow the onscreen prompts to configure options for the account.
4. Tap Done to complete setup.
Note: You can also add email accounts from Settings. Press
Accounts > Add account.
and tap
50
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
> Settings >
Compose and Send Email
Compose and send email using any account you have set up on your phone. Increase your
productivity by attaching files such as pictures, videos, or documents to your email messages.
1. Press
Apps >
and tap
2. From the Inbox, tap
Email.
3. Tap fields to compose your message:

Tap the To field and enter the recipient’s email address. You can add multiple
message recipients.

To send a carbon copy (Cc) or a blind carbon copy (Bcc) of the current email to other
recipients, tap the Cc/Bcc field.

Tap the Subject field and enter the email subject.

Tap the text entry field and compose your email.

To add an attachment, tap
, and then select a file to attach:
•
My Files: Choose a file from your device or optional memory card.
•
Image: Choose a picture from Gallery.
•
Take picture: Launch the Camera to take a photo, and then add it to your email
by tapping Save.
•
Video: Choose a video from Gallery.
•
Record video: Launch the Camera to record a video, and then add it to your
email by tapping Save.
•
Audio: Choose a sound from Music.
•
Record audio: Launch Voice Recorder to record a new sound.
•
S Memo: Launch S Memo to choose or create a memo. For more information,
see S Memo.
•
Calendar: Add an event from your calendar.
51
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging

•
Contacts: Add a contact entry (namecard) to the message.
•
Location: Attach a map showing your location.
Tap
for more options, including Send email to myself, Schedule sending,
Priority, Tracking options, and Security options.
4. To send the message, tap
Reply or Forward Email
Reading and replying to email on your phone is as simple as on your computer.
1. Press
Apps >
and tap
Email.
2. On the email account Inbox, tap a message to view it.
3. Tap
(Reply),
(Reply all) to reply to the original recipient list, or tap
(Forward) to forward the message to new recipient(s) in the To field.
4. Enter a message (if desired) and then tap
Manage Your Email Inbox
The following procedures allow you to view, refresh, sort, and delete your email messages.
View Your Email Inbox
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Email.
2. If you have multiple accounts set up on your phone, tap the toolbar at the top of the
screen and then choose one from the menu.
Synchronize an Email Account
Whatever your automatic synchronization settings are, you can also synchronize your sent and
received email messages manually at any time.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Email.
2. Select an email account.

If you are already in an email account, tap the account name field (upper-left) to
open the complete email account list page.

Select an available email account.
3. Tap
Sync.
52
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Sort Email Messages
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
2. On the email account Inbox, tap
Email.
> Sort by.
3. Select an option to sort email messages.
Delete Email Messages
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Email.
2. On the email account Inbox, tap the check boxes beside each email message you want
to delete.
3. Tap Delete.
Edit Email Settings
You can edit general preferences, which apply to all email accounts, or configure settings for
specific email accounts, such as email address and password, name display and signature,
frequency of retrieval, and more.
Note: Available settings depend on the type of email account.
Edit General Preferences
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Email.
2. Tap
> Settings > General settings to configure settings. Available settings depend
on the type of email account, and may include:

Auto fit content: Shrink email content to fit the screen.

Auto advance: Choose how the email list displays after you delete or move an
email.

Message preview line: Choose the number of lines displayed in the email list to give
you a preview of an email’s contents.

Title line in list: Choose the title line (in bold for unread messages), to display the
sender or the subject.

Confirm deletions: Choose whether the phone prompts you to confirm the action
when you mark emails for deletion.

Quick responses: Create and edit text strings that you can add to an email to
respond quickly.
53
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging

Spam addresses: Create a list of email addresses and domains, to block emails
from these senders.

Priority sender settings: Maintain a list of email addresses to ensure that emails
from the addresses receive priority handling.

Rules for filtering: Set filters and manage filtered email.

Email notifications: Choose whether notifications for new emails are displayed in
the Status bar at the top of the screen.

Delay email sending: Delay the sending of emails so that they can be cancelled if
needed. When enabled, a Cancel button will display for a specified time after tap
Send. If you enable Delay email sending, use the Set length of delay option to
choose how long to delay.

Default image size: Set the default size of images you attach to emails.
Edit Account Settings
You can edit settings for your individual email accounts, such as email address and password,
name display and signature, frequency of retrieval, and more.
Note: Available settings depend on the type of email account.
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Apps >
Email.
> Settings, and then tap an account to configure settings:

Email notifications: When enabled, an icon displays in the Status bar when you
receive new emails.

Select ringtone: Choose a ringtone to play for new email notifications.

Vibrate: When enabled, vibration plays for new email notifications.

Sync Email: When enabled, your phone maintains synchronization with your email
account. The last synchronization is displayed.

Sync schedule: Set options for synchronizing your phone with your email account.
Available when Sync Email is enabled.

Period to sync Email: Choose a period of time to maintain synchronization between
your phone and email account.

Size to retrieve emails: Choose a maximum size for emails, for your phone to
automatically retrieve during synchronization. For larger emails, your phone will
prompt you to download the contents when you open them.
54
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging

Signature: When On, a text signature is automatically added to emails you send.
Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn signatures On or Off. After turning signatures On, tap
Signature to edit the default text signature.

Default account: Assign an account as the default email account for outgoing
messages. When you launch an email from other apps, the email will automatically
be from this account.

More settings: Configure other options, including the account name, carbon copy
and blind carbon copy, synchronization, and security options.
•
Account name: Enter a name to identify this email account.
•
Always Cc/Bcc myself: Choose options for sending a copy of emails you send
to yourself, as a copy (Cc) or blind copy (Bcc).
•
Forward with attachments: Choose whether to automatically include
attachments when forwarding an email.
•
Show images: Choose whether to automatically display embedded images in
the body of an email.
•
Auto download attachments: Choose whether the phone automatically
downloads email attachments when you are connected to Wi-Fi. You might use
this option to control how and whether you use your plan’s data services to
download attachments.
•
Auto resend times: Choose the number of times the phone attempts to resend
an email after a delivery failure.
•
Folder sync settings: Choose folders to synchronize between your phone and
account.
•
Period to sync Calendar: Choose the period for synchronizing calendar events
between your phone and account.
•
Sync Contacts: Choose whether contacts are synchronized between your
phone and the account.
•
Sync Calendar: Choose whether calendar events are synchronized between
your phone and the account.
•
Sync Task: Choose whether emails are synchronized between your phone and
the account.
•
In case of sync conflict: Choose whether information from the server or phone
has priority when there is a conflict.
55
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
•
Security options: Configure advanced security options, including encryption.
•
Exchange server settings: Configure the Domain\user name, Password, and
other Exchange server settings.
Delete an Email Account
If you no longer want an email account on your phone, you can remove it.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Email.
> Settings, and then tap
2. Tap
3. Tap an account to mark it for deletion.
4. Tap Delete, and then follow the prompts to delete the account.
Text and Multimedia Messaging
With Text Messaging (SMS), you can send and receive text messages between your phone and
another phone that supports messaging.
Multimedia messages, (MMS), can contain text and pictures, recorded voice, audio or video
files, picture slideshows, contact namecards (vCard), or calendar events (vCalendar).
See your service plan for applicable charges for messaging.
Send a Text Message (SMS)
Quickly compose and sent text messages on your phone.
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Messaging.
3. Tap Enter recipient, and then enter a contact name, a mobile phone number, or an
email address using the onscreen keyboard. As you enter letters, possible matches from
your accounts and contacts display on the screen. Touch a match to add it to the
message.
4. Tap Enter message and enter your message.
5. Review your message and tap
56
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Send a Multimedia Message (MMS)
When you need to add a little more to a text message, you can send a multimedia message
(MMS) text and pictures, recorded voice, audio or video files, picture slideshows, contact
namecards (vCard), or calendar events (vCalendar).
Composing MMS messages is the same as composing text messages, except that you attach a
file to the message.
and tap
1. Press
2. Tap
Messaging.
3. Tap Enter recipient, and then enter a contact name, a mobile phone number, or an
email address using the onscreen keyboard. As you enter letters, possible matches from
your accounts and contacts display on the screen. Touch a match to add it to the
message.
4. Tap Enter message and enter your message.
5. To add an attachment, tap
, and then select a file to attach:

Image: Choose a picture from Gallery.

Take picture: Launch the Camera to take a photo, and then add it to your message
by tapping Save.

Video: Choose a video from Gallery.

Record video: Launch the Camera to record a video, and then add it to your
message by tapping Save.

Audio: Choose a sound from Music.

Record audio: Launch Voice Recorder to record a new sound.

S Memo: Launch S Memo to choose or create a memo. For more information, see S
Memo.

Calendar: Add an event from your calendar.

Location: Attach a map showing your location.

Contacts: Add a contact entry (namecard) to the message.
6. When done, tap
to send the message.
57
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Save and Resume a Draft Message
If you tap
while composing a text or multimedia message, or leave the Messaging screen,
the message is automatically saved as a Draft.
To resume composing a Draft message:
1. Press
and tap
Messaging.
2. On the Messaging screen, tap the message marked as Draft.
3. When you are ready to send the message, tap
New Messages Notification
Depending on your notification settings, the phone will play a ringtone, vibrate, or display the
message briefly in the status bar when you receive a new text or multimedia message. To
change the notification for new text and multimedia messages, see Text and MMS Settings for
details.
A new message icon
also appears in the notifications area of the status bar to notify you of
a new text or multimedia message. The Messaging application icon
number of new messages.
also displays the
To open the message, touch and hold the status bar, and then slide the Status Bar down to
open the Notifications panel. Tap the new message to open and read it. For information on
reading and replying to messages see Managing Message Conversations.
Managing Message Conversations
Text and multimedia messages that are sent to and received from a contact (or a number) are
grouped into conversations or message threads in the All messages screen. Threaded text or
multimedia messages let you see exchanged messages (similar to a chat program) with a
contact on the screen.
To read a text message:
●
On the Messaging screen, tap the text message or message thread to open and read it.
●
If you have a new message notification, slide the status bar down to open the
Notifications panel. Tap the new message to open and read it.
Note: To view the details of a particular message, in the message thread, touch and hold the
message to open the options menu, and then tap View message details.
If a message contains a link to a Web page, tap the message and then tap the link to
open it in the Web browser.
58
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
If a message contains a phone number, tap the message and then tap the phone
number to dial the number or add it to your contacts.
To view a multimedia message (MMS):
1. Press
Messaging.
and tap
2. From the message list, tap a message to display it.
3. While the message is open, tap the play icon (on a video or audio file) to play back the
file or tap an image to view a picture.
Note: The file attachment on the MMS message can be saved to an optional installed memory
card (not included). Touch and hold on the attachment, and then tap Save attachment.
Select the attachment check box and tap Save.
To reply to a text or multimedia message:
1. Press
Messaging.
and tap
2. From the message list, tap a message.
3. Tap the Enter message field and then type your reply message.
4. Once complete, tap
To protect a message from deletion:
You can lock a message so that it will not be deleted even if you delete the other messages in
the conversation.
1. Press
and tap
Messaging.
2. On the Messaging screen, tap a message thread.
3. Touch and hold the message that you want to lock.
4. Tap Lock message on the options menu. A lock icon displays at the lower right hand
side of the message.
To delete a message thread:
1. Press
and tap
Messaging.
2. Touch and hold the message thread that you want to delete.
3. Tap Delete thread and follow the prompts to delete the thread.
59
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
To delete several message threads:
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Messaging.
> Delete threads.
3. Select the message threads you want to delete and tap Delete.
Note: Locked messages will not be deleted, unless you select the Include protected
messages check box before confirming the deletion.
To delete a single message:
1. Press
and tap
Messaging.
2. While viewing a message thread, touch and hold the message that you want to delete.
Note: If the message is locked, tap Unlock message on the Message options menu and then
touch and hold the message to display the options menu again.
3. Tap Delete message on the options menu, and then follow the prompts to confirm the
deletion.
To view contact details and communicate with a contact:
When you receive a message from someone in your stored contacts, you can tap the contact’s
photo or icon in the message thread to open a menu of options. Depending on the stored
contact information, you can view the contact details, phone, or send an email message to the
contact, and more.
Text and MMS Settings
The messages settings menu lets you control options for your text and MMS messages
including message limits, size settings, and notifications.
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Messaging.
> Settings.
3. Configure message settings:

Delete old messages allows the phone to automatically delete the oldest messages
when the maximum number of messages is reached. Set the maximum number of
messages with the Text message limit and Multimedia message limit settings below.

Text message limit allows you to set the maximum number of text messages per
conversation.
60
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging

Multimedia message limit allows you to set the maximum number of multimedia
messages per conversation.

Text templates allows you to create and manage text strings that you can add to
messages.

Auto combination allows you to choose whether long messages that are received
in multiple parts are automatically re-assembled to display as a single message.

Group messaging allows you to control how messages to multiple recipients are
handled. When enabled, a single message is sent to multiple recipients. When
disabled, a separate message is sent to each recipient.

Auto retrieve allows you to choose whether message attachment(s) are
automatically downloaded when you display a multimedia message. If you disable
this option, only the message header displays in the message list, and you’ll be
prompted to download the attachment(s).

Roaming auto retrieve allows you to choose whether message attachment(s) are
automatically downloaded while your phone is in roaming mode.

MMS alert allows you to have the phone alert you when you make a change to a
message that will convert the message to a multimedia message (MMS).

Bubble style allows you to choose how messages appear on the screen. Bubbles
are the boxes that surround each message.

Background style allows you to choose the background of the message screen.

Use the volume key allows you to change the text size while reading a message by
pressing the Volume Key up or down.

Notifications allows you specify whether notifications for new messages display in
the status bar.

Select ringtone allows you to set the ringtone for your message notifications.

Vibrate allows you to choose whether vibration plays along with the ringtone for new
message notifications.

Message alert repetition allows you to choose how often your phone notifies you of
new message(s).

Preview message allows you to choose whether a preview of a new message
appears in the status bar with the message notification.

Emergency Alerts allows you to configure emergency alert settings. You can enable
or disable some alerts: Extreme Alert, Severe Alert, Amber Alert, and Emergency
alert test messages. You cannot disable Presidential alerts.
61
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Important!
The Commercial Mobile Alert System (CMAS) system provides the government
the ability to send geographically targeted notifications of emergencies, such as
threats to public safety, severe weather events, a hazardous material spill or a
missing child in the phone user’s area.

Emergency notification preview allows you to play a sample emergency alert tone.
Tap Stop to cancel the playback.

Vibrate allows you to select vibrate options for emergency messages.

Alert reminder allows you to configure the reminder interval.

Add signature allows you add a text signature to all messages you send.

Signature text allows you to enter a text signature, when Add signature is enabled.

Spam settings allows you to filter incoming messages for spam messages.

Add to spam numbers allows you to enter telephone numbers, to automatically flag
messages from the numbers as spam, when Spam settings is enabled.

Add to spam phrases allows you to enter a text phrase, to automatically flag
messages as spam when they contain the phrase. Available when Spam settings are
enabled.

Block unknown senders allows you to automatically block messages from numbers
that are not stored as contacts on your phone.
Social Networking Accounts
Stay in touch on the go with all your social networking accounts. Post updates on Facebook and
Twitter®, review your LinkedIn® contacts, see what everyone’s talking about on YouTube™, and
more.
Flipboard
Use Flipboard to create a personalized digital “magazine” out of everything being shared with
you. Access news stories, personal feeds and other related material. Flip through your
Facebook newsfeed, tweets from your Twitter account, photos from friends and much more.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Flipboard.
Google Messenger
Messenger allows you to bring groups of friends together into a simple group conversation.
When you get a new conversation in Messenger, Google+ sends an update to your phone.
62
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Messenger is part of your Google account, and uses your Google account sign-in. Before using
Messenger, set up your Google account on your phone. For more information, see Create a
Google Account or Sign In to Your Google Account.
1. Press
Apps >
Messenger.
2. If prompted, configure the Instant Upload parameters as desired and tap Continue.
3. If prompted, configure the Sync contacts parameter (Sync contacts or Don’t sync) and
tap Continue. If you are signed into more than one Google account, select the account
you would like to use with Google+. (Messenger is a component of Google+.)
4. Follow any onscreen setup instruction.
Google+
Google+™ makes messaging and sharing with your friends a lot easier. You can set up Circles
of friends, visit the Stream to get updates from your Circles, use Messenger for fast messaging
with everyone in your Circles, or use Instant Upload to automatically upload videos and photos
to your own private album on Google+.
Visit google.com/mobile/+ for more information.
Google+ is part of your Google account, and uses your Google account sign-in. Before using
Google+, set up your Google account on your phone. For more information, see Create a
Google Account or Sign In to Your Google Account.
1. Press
Apps >
Google+. The app will sign in to your Google account. If
you are signed into more than one Google account, select the account you would like to
use with Google+.
2. Follow the onscreen instructions to use Google+.
63
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Google Talk
Google Talk is a free Windows and Web-based application for instant messaging offered by
Google. Conversation logs are automatically saved to a Chats area in your Gmail account. This
allows you to search a chat log and store them in your Gmail accounts.
1. Press
Apps >
Talk.
2. Tap ADD ACCOUNT to add a Google account to Google Talk. Tap New to create a new
Google account, or tap Existing to sign in to an existing Google account.
3. After entering your user name and password, tap Sign in.
4. Begin using Google Talk.
Note: If you have already signed into your Google account, it displays on the Talk application
screen.
YouTube
YouTube is a video sharing website on which users can upload and share videos. The site is
used to display a wide variety of user-generated video content, including movie clips, TV clips,
and music videos, as well as video content such as video blogging, informational shorts, and
other original videos.
YouTube is a data-intensive feature. Sprint recommends that you upgrade to an unlimited data
plan to avoid unexpected data charges.
1. Press
Apps >
YouTube.
2. Tap
to enter keywords in the Search field to search for specific videos, scroll down to
browse through the main page thumbnails, or scroll to the bottom to explore additional
options.
3. To view a video, tap an available preview thumbnail or tap the title link.
Note: It is not necessary to sign in to the YouTube site to view content. However, if you wish to
sign in to access additional options tap the ACCOUNT tab. Select an account (if
available) or create a new account. (Even if you sign in to YouTube via the Web, you
must separately sign in via your phone.)
64
DRAFT
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Accounts and Messaging
Apps and Entertainment
All your phone’s features are accessible through the Applications list.
DivX
DivX® is a digital media format that provides your phone with high-quality videos.
DivX Legal Information
DivX®, DivX Certified® and associated logos are trademarks of Rovi Corporation or its
subsidiaries and are used under license.
DivX Certified® to play DivX® video up to HD 720p, including premium content.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX® is a digital video format created by DivX, LLC, a subsidiary of Rovi
Corporation. This is an official DivX Certified® device that has passed rigorous testing to verify
that it plays DivX video. Visit divx.com for more information and software tools to convert your
files into DivX videos.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified® device must be registered in order to
play purchased DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) movies. To obtain your registration code, locate
the DivX VOD section in your device setup menu (tap Apps > Settings > More > About device
> Legal information > License settings > DivX® VOD > Register). Go to vod.divx.com for
more information on how to complete your registration.
Important!
DivX VOD content is protected by a DivX DRM (Digital Rights Management)
system that restricts playback to registered DivX Certified devices.
Locate Your VOD Registration Number
Follow these procedures to locate your VOD registration number.
and tap
> Settings > More tab > About device > Legal information
► Press
> License settings > DivX® VOD > Register.
Register Your DivX Device for VOD Playback of Purchased
Movies
To play purchased DivX movies on your phone, you will first need to complete a one-time
registration using both your phone and your computer.
1. Locate your VOD Registration code. Press
and tap
> Settings > More >
About device > Legal information > License settings > DivX® VOD > Register.
2. Open the DivX Player on your computer. To download the free player for your computer,
visit divx.com.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
65
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
3. From the DivX Player on your computer, choose the VOD menu and select Register a
DivX Certified Device. Follow the prompts to log in, or create a DivX account if you don’t
already have one.
4. Follow the instructions in DivX Player to enter your phone’s VOD registration code and
create a phone nickname.
5. Choose a location on your computer to download the DivX registration video, then
download the file.
6. Connect your phone to the computer via USB and transfer the DivX registration video to
your phone. From the Registration screen (Transfer), select USB (the phone) as the
target destination for the DivX registration video and tap Start. Return to the DivX VOD
Manager screen (from within your computer’s DivX Player) and confirm both your
computer and your new phone appears in the list of registered DivX devices.
Note: There is no special registration or configuration necessary to play back DRM-free DivX
movies. Registration of your phone is only required for playback of DivX material.
Google Play Store
The Google Play™ Store app is the place to go to find new Android apps, games, movies,
music, and books for your phone. Choose from a wide variety of free and paid apps ranging
from productivity apps to games. When you find an app you want, you can easily download and
install it on your phone.
To access the Google Play Store app, you must first connect to the Internet using your phone’s
Wi-Fi or Sprint 4G or 3G data connection and sign in to your Google Account. See Web and
Data and Google for details.
Important!
Sprint’s policies often do not apply to third-party applications. Third-party
applications may access your personal information or require Sprint to disclose
your customer information to the third-party application provider. To find out how
a third-party application will collect, access, use, or disclose your personal
information, check the application provider’s policies, which can usually be found
on their website. If you aren’t comfortable with the third-party application’s
policies, don’t use the application.
Find and Install an App
When you install apps from the Google Play Store app and use them on your phone, they may
require access to your personal information (such as your location, contact data, and more) or
access to certain functions or settings of your phone. Download and install only apps that you
trust.
Note: You need a Google Wallet™ account to purchase items from the Google Play Store app.
See Create a Google Wallet Account to set up a Google Wallet account if you do not
have one.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
66
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Play Store.
2. Browse through the categories to find an app you're interested in, and tap the name.
3. Read the app descriptions.
4. Tap Install or Download (for free applications) or the price (for paid applications).
5. The subsequent screen notifies you whether the app will require access to your personal
information or access to certain functions or settings of your phone. If you agree to the
conditions, tap Accept & download (for free apps) or Accept & buy (for paid apps) to
begin downloading and installing the app.
Warning!
Read the notification carefully! Be especially cautious with apps that have
access to many functions or a significant amount of your data. Once you agree to
the download and installation on this screen, you are responsible for the results
of using this item on your phone.
Create a Google Wallet Account
You must have a Google Wallet account associated with your Google Account to purchase
items from the Google Play Store app.
The first time you turn on your phone, the setup process will prompt you to create a Google
Wallet account. If you did not create one at setup, you can create an account at any time using
one of these methods:
► On your computer, go to google.com/wallet/ to create a Google Wallet account.
– or –
► The first time you use your phone to buy an item from Google Play, follow the prompts to
enter your billing information to set up a Google Wallet account.
Warning:
When you’ve used Google Wallet once to purchase an application from the
Google Play Store app, the phone remembers your password, so you don’t need
to enter it the next time. For this reason, you should secure your phone to
prevent others from using it without your permission. (For more information, see
Lock screen.)
Open an Installed App
There are several options for opening an installed app.
► Press
and tap
Apps, and then tap the app icon.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
67
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Uninstall an App
You can uninstall any app that you have downloaded and installed from Google Play.
and tap
1. Press
Downloaded.
and tap Settings > More > Application manager >
2. Tap the app you want to uninstall, and then tap Uninstall.
3. When prompted, tap OK to remove the app from your phone.
4. Once the app is removed, tap OK again to return to the Application manager.
Navigation
Your phone offers a number of location-based navigation programs to help you figure out where
you are and get you where you’re going.
Google Maps
Use the Google Maps™ app to find directions, location information, business addresses, etc.
Determine your current location with or without GPS, get driving and transit directions and get
phone numbers and addresses for local businesses.
For more information about Google Maps, visit maps.google.com.
To use Google Maps, enable your phone’s GPS location services and agree to share location
information with Google.
To enable your phone’s GPS Location feature:
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More tab > Location services.
2. Tap Use GPS satellites. A green checkmark indicates the GPS location feature is
enabled.
To launch the Google Maps application:
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Maps.
Google Local
Google Local uses your location to help you find nearby destinations, such as restaurants, bars,
hotels, attractions, ATMs and gas stations, or you can enter a location. The Local service is
accessible through the Google Maps app.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Local.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
68
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Google Navigation
Another Google Maps navigation application is available on your phone. It uses your current
location (provided by the GPS feature of your phone) to provide various location-based
services.
For more information about Google Maps, visit google.com/mobile/maps.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Navigation.
TripAdvisor
Get assistance finding hotels, restaurants, and attractions in any destination. See millions of
reviews, opinions and candid photos from travelers just like you.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
TripAdvisor.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Samsung Apps
Browse, search, and find apps to download and install on your phone. Log in to your Samsung
account to manage your downloads.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Samsung Apps.
Music
Your phone lets you discover, download, and listen to your favorite music through a variety of
applications.
Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files Between Your
Phone and a Computer.
FM Radio
Listen to local FM radio stations on your phone.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
FM Radio.
Google Play Music
Google Play Music lets you browse, shop, and play back songs purchased from the Google
Play Store app, as well as songs you have loaded from your own music library. The music you
choose is automatically stored in your Google Music library and instantly ready to play or
download.
For more information about Google Play Music, visit music.google.com.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
69
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files Between Your
Phone and a Computer.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Play Music.
Music
The Music app plays music files. Use Music to browse your music library, play songs, and
create playlists. You can also set songs as ringtones for incoming calls, or as alarm tones.
Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files Between Your
Phone and a Computer.
When you close the Music screen, playback will continue in the background, so you can listen to
music while you use other features of your phone. When music is playing in the background,
you can access playback controls from Notifications.
Play Music
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Music.
2. Tap the category tabs at the top of the screen. The default tabs are Songs, Playlists,
Albums, Artists, Music square, and Folders. You may have to swipe your finger right
or left along the tabs to see all of them.
3. Scroll through the list and tap a song to begin. While playing music, use these controls:

Tap

Tap the repeat button to control playback. Choose
Choose

to move to the previous song. Tap
to repeat all songs. Choose
to move to the next song.
to play all songs once.
to repeat the current song.
Tap the shuffle button to control the order songs are played. Choose
songs in the order they appear in the list. Choose
to play
to play songs in random order.

Tap
to mark a song as a favorite. When a song is a favorite, the star is orange.
Favorite songs are included in the Favorites playlist.

to set the volume. You can also set volume by pressing the Volume Key on
Tap
the side of the phone.

Tap
to share music with nearby devices using Group Play.
4. To close Music and stop playback, tap
> End.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
70
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Use Playlists
Create playlists to group songs, so you can listen to them together.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Music.
2. Tap the Playlists tab, and then use these options:

Tap an existing playlist to play its songs.

> Create playlist to create a new playlist. Follow the prompts to name the
Tap
playlist, and then select songs for the playlist.

Tap
for other options, including Edit title, to rename playlists.
Note: While playing music, you can touch and hold on a song to choose Add to playlist.
Set a Song as a Ringtone or Alarm Tone
You can set a song as a ringtone for all incoming calls, or for a contact. You can also set a song
as an alarm tone.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Music.
2. Scroll through the list to find a song, and then touch and hold on the song.
3. Tap Set as, and then choose:
•
Phone ringtone: Plays the song for all incoming calls.
•
Caller ringtone: Plays the song for calls from a Contact.
•
Alarm tone: Plays the song as the notification for alarms.
4. After choosing options, tap OK, and then follow the prompts to complete the setup.
Music Options
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Apps >
Music.
for options. Available options depend on the tab:

Add to playlist/Create playlist: Depending on the tab, you can add songs to a
playlist, or create a new playlist.

Via Bluetooth: Share music with another Bluetooth-compatible device. For more
information about using Bluetooth, see Bluetooth.

Edit title: Rename a playlist.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
71
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Delete: On the Songs or Playlists tabs, you can choose songs to delete, or delete
playlists.

Thumbnail view/List view: Display entries in a list or as thumbnails.

Search: Enter keywords to search for songs.

Scan for nearby devices: Search for nearby DLNA-compatible devices, to share
music. For more information, see Nearby devices.

Settings: Configure settings for music and playback, including:

•
SoundAlive: Choose a setting to match the type of music.
•
Adapt Sound: Customize sound output when you are listening with earphones.
Only available when earphones are inserted into the earphone jack.
•
Play speed: Touch and drag the slider to set the default speed for music
playback.
•
Music menu: Choose categories for the tabs on the main Music screen.
•
Music auto off: Choose a time period for music to play, after which Music will
end.
•
Lyrics: When enabled, lyrics display for songs as they play, if the lyric
information is stored in the music file.
•
Smart volume: When enabled, Music automatically adjusts the volume of all
songs to an equal level.
•
Voice control: When enabled, you can control music playback by speaking
commands. Follow the prompts to configure Voice control settings.
End: Close Music.
Google Play Movies & TV
The Google Play Movies & TV application allows you to connect to the Google Play Store and
download a movie or TV show to watch instantly. Choose from thousands of movies and TV
shows, including new releases and HD titles in Google Play and stream them instantly on your
Android phone. Previously rented movies are automatically added to your My Movies library
across your phones.
To learn more about Google Play Movies & TV, visit: play.google.com/about/movies.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Play Movies & TV.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
72
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Google Play Books
Discovering your favorite books and authors has never been easier. With Google Play Books,
you can shop the world's largest selection of e-books and read them anywhere you like—on a
tablet, phone, e-reader, or the Web.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Play Books.
Google Play Magazines
Enjoy your favorite magazines, anywhere you go.
Discover hundreds of bestselling magazines on Google Play. You can shop a wide selection of
titles, from cooking to technology, travel, fashion, sports, photography, and so much more.
It's never been easier to find a great read to enjoy on vacation, lounging at home or on your
morning commute. Buy new issues or back issues, subscribe and get free 14 or 30-day trials,
and customize your reading experience for your Android phone.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Play Magazines.
Group Play
Use Group Play to share media from your phone to other devices, via Wi-Fi, using your phone
as an AP (Access Point).
Many of your phone’s apps offer sharing via Group Play. Tap
usually from the Share via list of options.
to find sharing options,
To use Group Play, all participants must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network.
Important:
If you are using Group Play via an unsecured Wi-Fi network, your information
may be vulnerable to unauthorized third parties while being transferred.
Use Group Play only for personal and non-profit purposes. Using Group Play for
commercial use violates copyright law. The company is not responsible for
copyright infringement by users.
Create a Group and Share
Note: To use Group Play, all participants must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Group Play.
2. Check Set group password, then tap Create group and then follow the prompts to
create a group. You’ll need to set up a group password, which participants will use to
join your Group Play session.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
73
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
3. After you create the group, your phone turns on the mobile AP (Access Point). Follow
the onscreen directions to bring other devices back-to-back with your phone to join the
group.
4. Choose options for sharing:

Share music: Select music stored on your phone or on an optional installed memory
card (not included).

Share pictures: Select pictures stored on your phone or on an optional installed
memory card (not included).

Share documents: Select documents stored on your phone or on an optional
installed memory card (not included).

Play games: Play games with other participants.
Note: For more information about using Group Play, tap
> Help.
Join a Group
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Group Play.
2. Tap Join Group. Your phone scans for nearby available groups. Your device can only
detect groups on the same Wi-Fi network your phone is connected to.
3. Select a group to join. After connecting, you can see and interact with the group’s shared
media.
Samsung Link
Samsung Link makes staying connected easy. You can wirelessly synchronize your Samsung
device with your TV, stream content, and even keep tabs on who calls or sends text messages
with real-time, on-screen monitoring.
Samsung Link allows users to share their in-device media content with other external devices
using DLNA certified™ (Digital Living Network Alliance) Devices. These external devices must
also be DLNA-compliant. Wi-Fi capability can be provided to TVs via a digital multimedia
streamer.
Samsung Link uses your Samsung account. For more information, see Samsung Account.
Both your device, and the devices that connect to your device, must be on the same Wi-Fi
access point (AP). For more information about using Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Samsung Link.
2. Follow the prompts to sign in to your Samsung account and learn about Samsung Link.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
74
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
3. On the Samsung Link screen, swipe your finger left or right across the screen to scroll
between:

MY RECENT CONTENT: Media you’ve recently viewed.

DEVICES & STORAGE: Choose an option:
•
Registered storage: Add storage service(s) to view multimedia files anywhere.
Storage services include Web storage, such as Dropbox or other services. Web
storage is sometimes referred to as the “cloud.”
•
Registered devices: Stream or share multimedia content from your device to
other DLNA-compliant devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network. When you
launch Samsung Link, compatible devices on the same Wi-Fi network display
automatically in Registered devices.
Configure Samsung Link Settings
Configure Samsung Link options, such as storage location, account information, and registered
storage services.
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Apps >
Samsung Link.
> Settings for options:

Registered storage: Add a Web storage service, to view or share files.

My device: View your device name, used by other devices to identify your device.
Tap to change the device name.

Save to: Choose a default file storage location. You can save to your phone’s
internal memory or to an optional installed memory card (not included).

Auto upload: When turned On, photos and videos from your device will be
automatically uploaded to a Web storage service. You can also choose how files are
uploaded. Turn On Use mobile network to allow your phone to use your phone’s
connection to the wireless data network, or turn it Off to only allow uploads when
connected to Wi-Fi.

Video optimization: When turned On, video quality for streamed video content is
optimized depending on current network conditions.

Password lock: When turned On, access to Samsung Link on your device is
password-protected. You must enter your Samsung account password to start
Samsung Link.

My account: Access information about your Samsung account.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
75
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Customer support: Contact the Samsung Link team via email. You must have an
email account set up on your phone to use this option.

About this service: Learn about Samsung Link.
Use Samsung Link to Share Media with Another Device
Share media with another DLNA-compliant device via Samsung Link.
Both your device, and the device(s) that connect to your device, must be on the same Wi-Fi
access point (AP). For more information about using Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Samsung Link.
2. Launch AllShare Play or Samsung Link on the target device.
3. On the DEVICES & STORAGE screen, tap your device, and then tap media file(s) to
select them for streaming.
4. Tap
, and then choose a device for sharing. Your device requests permission for
sharing from the target device.
5. Follow the prompts on the target device to allow sharing.
DRAFT
Apps and Entertainment
76
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Web and Data
The following topics address your phone’s data connections and the built-in Web browser.
Additional data-related features can be found in Accounts and Messaging, Applications and
Entertainment, and Tools and Calendar.
Your phone’s data capabilities let you wirelessly access the Internet or your corporate network
through a variety of connections, including:
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi provides wireless Internet access over distances of up to 300 feet. To use your phone’s
Wi-Fi, you need access to a wireless access point or “hotspot”.
The availability and range of the Wi-Fi signal depends on a number of factors, including
infrastructure and other objects through which the signal passes.
Turn Wi-Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network
By default, your phone’s Wi-Fi feature is turned off. Turning Wi-Fi on makes your phone able to
discover and connect to compatible in-range Wi-Fi networks (or WAPs - wireless access points).
Turn Wi-Fi on:
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi.
2. Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Wi-Fi On.
Tip:
You can also turn Wi-Fi on and off through the Notifications panel. Drag the Notifications
panel down and tap Wi-Fi.
Note: Wi-Fi networks are self-discoverable, which means no additional steps are required for
your phone to connect to a Wi-Fi network. It may be necessary to provide a user name
and password for certain closed wireless networks.
Web and Data
DRAFT
77
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Scan and connect to a Wi-Fi network:
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi.
2. The network names and security settings (Open network or Secured with xxx) of
detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed.

When you select an open network, you will be automatically connected to the
network.

When you select a secured network, you will need to enter the wireless password to
connect to the network. Enter the password and tap Connect. You can use the
show password option to display the password as you enter it.
Add a new Wi-Fi network manually:
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi.
2. Tap Add Wi-Fi network.
3. Enter the Network SSID. This is the name of the Wi-Fi network.
4. Tap the Security field and select the security method used by the Wi-Fi network. If a
password is required, enter it in the Password field.
5. Tap Connect to store the new information and connect to the Wi-Fi network.
Note: The next time your phone connects to a previously accessed or secured wireless
network, you won’t prompted to enter the wireless password again, unless you reset
your phone back to its factory default settings.
Connect to a Different Wi-Fi Network
The following information is designed to help you connect your device to a different Wi-Fi
network.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi.
2. Detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed. To manually scan for available Wi-Fi networks,
on the Wi-Fi settings screen, tap Scan.
3. Tap another Wi-Fi network to connect to it.
Note: If the wireless network you want to connect to is not in the list of detected networks,
scroll down the screen, and tap Add network. Enter the wireless network settings and
tap Save.
Web and Data
DRAFT
78
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Data Services (Sprint 3G and 4G)
With your Sprint service, you are ready to start enjoying the advantages of data services. The
following topics will help you learn the basics of using your data services, including managing
your user name, launching a data connection, and navigating the Web with your phone.
Important!
Certain data services requests may require additional time to process. While your
phone is loading the requested service, the touchscreen keyboard may appear
unresponsive when in fact it is functioning properly. Allow the phone some time
to process your data usage request.
Your Data Services User Name
When you buy your phone and sign up for service, you’re automatically assigned a user name,
which is typically based on your name and a number, followed by “@sprintpcs.com”. (For
example, the third John Smith to sign up for Sprint data services might have
jsmith003@sprintpcs.com as his user name.)
When you use data services, your user name is submitted to identify you to the Nationwide
Sprint Network. Your user name is automatically programmed into your phone. You don’t have
to enter it.
Update Your User Name
If you choose to change your user name and select a new one online, or make any changes to
your services, you must then update the profile on your phone.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More > System Update.
2. Tap Update Profile.
Launch the Browser
The Browser automatically launches when a Web link is touched from within either an email or a
text message.
To launch the browser to connect browse the Internet:
► Press
and tap
Internet.
Note: The first time you access the Web on your phone, you may be prompted to sign in with
your phone number. Enter your number and tap Ok.
Web and Data
DRAFT
79
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
4G Services
4G is a service that must be included in your service plan and also available within your area.
4G coverage is currently available in only certain markets. For more details on 4G availability go
to: www.sprint.com/4G and click the See the coverage map link.
Note: If 4G service is not included in your service plan, the 4G icon will not appear in the
Notifications area.
4G is up to 10x faster than 3G (based on download speed comparison of 3G's ~600
kbps vs. 4G's ~ 6 Mbps). (Actual speeds may vary.)
Not all services are available on 4G and coverage may default to 3G/separate network
where 4G is not available.
Important!
4G service must be added to your account before attempting a connection to the
4G network.
Depending on which icons appear within the Notifications area, your services and features will
change. The following table indicates what functions and features are available when
combinations of these service icons appear:
Icon
Description
3G Coverage: The phone is connected to the Sprint 3G network. The arrows are
colored when data is being transferred.
4G Coverage: The phone is connected to the Sprint 4G network. The arrows are
colored when data is being transferred.
Virtual Private Networks (VPN)
From your phone, you can add, set up, and manage virtual private networks (VPNs) that allow
you to connect and access resources inside a secured local network, such as your corporate
network.
Prepare Your Phone for VPN Connection
Depending on the type of VPN, you may be required to enter your login credentials or install
security certificates before you can connect to your company’s local network. You can get this
information from your network administrator.
To connect to a VPN, you must have Mobile data enabled, or your phone must be connected to
a Wi-Fi network. For information about setting up and using these connections on your phone,
see Data usage and Turn Wi-Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network.
Web and Data
DRAFT
80
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Set a Screen Lock
Before setting up a VPN, you must set a screen lock to prevent access to your phone by
unauthorized users. Pattern, PIN, or password screen locks provide sufficient security to set up
trusted credential storage.
and tap
1. Press
> Settings > My device.
2. Tap Lock screen > Screen lock.
3. Choose a screen lock, from Pattern, PIN, or Password.
4. Follow the prompts to configure the screen lock. For more information, see Screen lock.
Add a VPN
Configure a connected to a VPN. You must have a Pattern, PIN, or Password screen lock set
before adding a VPN.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap More networks > VPN.
3. Tap
to add a VPN with these options:

Name: Enter the name of the VPN.

Type: Choose the type of VPN, from PPTP, L2TP/IPSec PSK, L2TP/IPSec RSA,
IPSec Xauth PSK, IPSec Xauth RSA, or IPSec Hybrid RSA.

Server address: enter the VPN server address.

PPP Encryption (MPPE): Tap to enable, if applicable for the VPN.

Show advanced options: Tap to set other options, depending on the type of VPN.
3. Tap Save to save the VPN.
Connect to a VPN
Connect to a VPN that’s already set up on your phone.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap More networks > VPN.
3. In the VPNs section, tap a VPN.
4. Follow the prompts to enter your login credentials, and connect. When you are
connected, the VPN connected icon appears in the notifications area of the Status Bar.
Web and Data
DRAFT
81
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Disconnect from a VPN
The following describes how to disconnect from a VPN connection.
1. Touch and hold the title bar, and then drag down to open the Notifications panel.
2. Tap the VPN connection to return to the VPN settings screen, and then tap the VPN
connection to disconnect from it.
When your phone has disconnected from the VPN, the VPN disconnected icon displays in the
notification area of the title bar.
Chrome
Use Chrome for Mobile to browse fast and sign in to bring your Chrome experience from your
computer, anywhere you go.
For more information, visit: google.com/intl/en/chrome/browser/mobile.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Chrome.
Internet
Your phone’s Internet browser gives you full access to both mobile and traditional websites on
the go, using your phone’s 3G or 4G Mobile data or Wi-Fi connections.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Internet.
Note: The first time you launch Internet, you may be prompted to enter your 10-digit wireless
phone number to access the Sprint Web home page.
Web and Data
DRAFT
82
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Pictures and Video
Camera
You can use the camera or camcorder to take and share pictures and videos.
Taking pictures with your phone’s built-in camera is as simple as choosing a subject, pointing
the camera, then pressing the camera key.
Open the Camera
Follow the below procedure to access your phone’s camera.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Camera.
1. Front/Back Camera: Switch between the front and back cameras.
2. Settings: Access camera settings.
3. Storage Location: Indicates the current storage location for photos and videos.
4. Mode Indicator: Displays the current shooting mode, chosen with Mode Selector.
Shooting modes allow you to choose modes for automatically adjusting settings to suit
conditions, or to access special features like panorama or other specialty shots.
5. Record: Tap to record video.
6. Capture: Tap to take a picture.
7. Mode Selector: Tap to choose a shooting mode. The current mode displays on the
camera screen.
8. Effects: Choose an effect to add to pictures or videos as you take them.
9. Gallery: View your pictures or videos.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
83
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Take a Pictures
You can take pictures with your phone’s front or back camera, or combine shots with Dual
mode.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Camera.
2. Using the phone’s screen as a viewfinder, compose your shot by aiming the camera at
the subject. While composing your picture, use the onscreen options, or these gestures:

Press the Volume Key up or down to zoom in or out, or touch the screen with two
fingers and pinch or spread them on the screen to zoom in or out.

Tap the screen to focus on the area you tapped.
3. Tap
Capture to take the picture.
Note: To include your location in photos, turn on GPS tag in Settings. For more information,
see Advanced Camera Settings.
Record Videos
In addition to taking pictures, you can record, view, and send videos with your phone’s built-in
video camera.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Camera.
2. Using the phone’s screen as a viewfinder, compose your shot by aiming the camera at
the subject. While composing your shot, use the onscreen options, or these gestures:

Press the Volume Key up or down to zoom in or out, or touch the screen with two
fingers and pinch or spread them on the screen to zoom.

Tap the screen to focus on the area you tapped.
3. Tap
Record to begin recording. While recording, you can use these options:

Tap the screen to change the focus area to the area you tapped.

Tap
Capture to take a still picture while continuing recording.

Tap
Pause to temporarily stop recording.

Tap
Stop to stop recording.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
84
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Camera Options
Camera options are special options that you can choose, right on the camera screen, to make
your pictures or videos special.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Camera.
2. Tap an option:

Front/Back Camera: Tap
to switch between the front and back cameras. With
the front camera, you can take self-portraits or record yourself. With the back
camera, you can take pictures or record what’s in front of you.

to choose a shooting mode. Scroll available modes, and then tap a
Mode: Tap
mode to select it. Modes include:
•
Auto: Automatically adjusts the exposure to optimize the color and brightness of
pictures. In Auto mode, you can take single or burst shots (take burst shots by
holding Capture button to take multiple shots until you lift your finger).
•
Beauty face: Automatically enhances facial features.
•
Best photo: Allows you to select the best shot from multiple shots you take at
the same time.
•
Continuous shot: Captures a series of photo continuously at a rate of 3 per
second for as long as you touch and hold the Capture button (maximum of 20
photos at a time). These photos are saved together as a group in a folder in
Gallery.
•
Best face: Allows you to select the best shot of each subject, to get the best
possible group shot.
•
Sound & shot: Adds a few seconds of background sound to enhance pictures.
•
Rich tone (HDR): Allows you to take pictures in various exposures and merge
them to create pictures with rich color.
•
Panorama: Take multiple pictures to merge into one expansive panoramic
picture.
•
Sports: Allows you to capture clear shots of a moving subject.
•
Night: Allows you to take clearer, brighter pictures in low light.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
85
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Quick Camera Settings
Use Quick settings to quickly configure settings while you take pictures and record videos.
and tap
1. Press
Apps >
2. From the Camera screen, tap
Camera.
to access settings:

Advanced settings: Tap
to access advanced camera settings. For more
information, see Advanced Camera Settings.

Flash: Tap

Voice control: Tap
to access voice control settings, for using voice commands
to take pictures and record video. For more information, see Voice Control.

Timer: Tap

Recording mode: Tap
to choose a mode for recording. Choose Limit for MMS
to restrict recordings to a size that can be attached to a multimedia message.
Choose Normal, Slow motion, or Fast motion to control the speed of recording.

to choose a method for sharing pictures and videos. You can choose
Share: Tap
Share shot, Buddy photo share, ChatON photo share, or Remote viewfinder.

Hide Settings: Tap
to choose a flash setting.
to choose a timer setting to delay the taking of pictures or recording.
to hide Quick camera settings.
Advanced Camera Settings
Use Advanced settings to configure default options for pictures and videos.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
2. From the Camera screen, tap

Camera.
and then tap
for these settings:
Photos:
•
Photo size: Choose the default size for pictures.
•
Face detection: When On, the Camera will automatically adjust settings for
taking pictures of faces.
•
Metering: Set how the Camera measures the light source.
•
ISO: Set the sensitivity of the camera’s light meter.
•
Anti-Shake: When turned On, the camera compensates for movement of the
phone when taking pictures.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
86
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Videos:
•

Video size: Choose the default size for videos.
General:
•
GPS tag: When On, GPS location information is stored in picture files.
•
Review: When On, pictures display briefly after you take them so you can review
them.
•
Volume Key: Choose a function for the Volume Key while using the Camera.
•
Timer: Choose a timer setting to delay the taking of pictures or recording.
•
White balance: Choose a setting for current light conditions.
•
Exposure value: Adjust the brightness of pictures.
•
Guidelines: When On, guidelines display on the screen to aid in composition.
•
Flash: Choose a flash setting.
•
Voice control: When On, you can take pictures or record videos by speaking
commands. For more information, see Voice Control.
•
Contextual filename: When On, filenames include GPS information. GPS tag
must be enabled to use contextual filenames.
•
Storage: If you have an optional memory card installed (not included), you can
choose whether to save files to device memory or to the memory card.
•
Reset: Return settings to the factory defaults.
Gallery
Using the Gallery application, you can view pictures and watch videos that you’ve taken with
your phone’s camera, downloaded, or copied to an optional memory card (not included).
For pictures stored on an optional memory card, you can do basic editing such as rotating and
cropping. You can also set a picture as your contact picture or wallpaper and share pictures with
your friends.
While viewing pictures in the Gallery, scroll up the screen to view more albums. Simply tap an
album to view the photos or videos in that album.
If you have pictures or videos stored on an optional memory card (not included), they will be
display folders they are stored in, and folders are treated as albums. The actual folder names
will be used as the album names. If you have downloaded any photos and videos, these will be
placed in the All downloads album.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
87
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Note: Tap
> Help to learn about Gallery.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Browse files stored in your device’s memory, or on an optional installed memory card
(not included). From the main Gallery screen, you have these options:

Tap the menu in the toolbar to display files by Albums, All, Locations, People, or
Favorites.

Tap a picture or video to display it in full screen view.

Touch and hold thumbnails to select them (indicated by a check mark).

Tap
to create a New album. Give the album a name, and then select and drag
thumbnails to the album to move or copy files to the new album.

Tap
to launch the Camera app.

Tap
for Gallery options (options vary depending on the view):
•
Select album/Select item: Depending on the view, tap albums or items to select
again for options you can use with the
them. After selection, you can tap
selected item.
•
Slideshow: Choose options to create a slideshow for viewing your pictures and
videos.
•
Sort by oldest/latest: Sort items by date.
•
Content to display: Select content to display. Options are All content, Content
in device, Content in Dropbox, Content in Facebook, and Content in Picasa.
•
Scan for nearby devices: Scan for Wi-Fi devices to share photos and videos.
•
Settings: Configure Gallery settings.
•
Help: Get help using Gallery.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
88
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
View Photos and Videos
After selecting an album from the Albums tab, you can browse the photos and videos of that
album in either photo pile or grid view. Tap a photo or video to view it in full screen.
View Photos
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Tap a thumbnail to view the photo or video. While viewing, you can use these options:


Samsung Link: Send the photo or video directly to your Samsung Link account.
Share via: Choose an option for sharing the photo or video. Options include Add
to Dropbox, Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Picasa, and Wi-Fi
Direct. Photos may also be shared via Group Play, Flipboard, and S Memo.
Videos may also be shared via YouTube. For more information, see Share Photos
and Videos.

Camera: Launch the Camera app.

Trim: Remove the beginning and ending frames of a video.

Delete: Delete the photo or video.
3. Tap
for more options (options vary according to item being viewed):

Edit: Edit the photo using Photo Editor (available for download from Samsung Apps).

Play continuous shot: View Continuous shot photos in quick secession. For more
information, see Continuous shot.

Create animated photo: Create an animated photo using up to eight Continuous
shot photos. For more information, see Continuous shot.

Favorite: Mark the photo or video as a favorite.

Slideshow: View a slideshow of your photos and videos.

Photo frame: Add a decorative frame to the photo.

Photo note: Write a note on the ‘back’ of the photo.

Copy to clipboard: Place the photo on the clipboard for pasting into other apps.

Rename: Rename the photo or video.

Buddy photo share: Share the photo with people tagged in the photo.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
89
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Rotate left: Rotate the photo 90 degree to the left.

Rotate right: Rotate the photo 90 degree to the right.

Crop: Crop the photo.

Scan for nearby devices: Begin scanning for Wi-Fi Direct devices to share your
photos or videos.

Set as: Set the photo as a Contact photo, or as wallpaper for the Home screen and
Lock screen.

Details: View file details about the photo or video.

Settings: Configure Gallery settings:
•
Accounts: Manage your Google account information.
•
SNS data management: Enable Sync only via Wi-Fi to only sync photos and
videos when connected to a Wi-Fi network.
•
Tags: Enable Tag buddy and Face tag. Tag buddy identifies each photo with
information such as the weather, location, people in the photo, or date created.
Face tag scans each photo to detect people’s faces, which you can then tag with
their name.
Zoom In or Out on a Photo
There are two ways you can zoom in or out of a photo.
► Tap the screen twice quickly to zoom in and then tap the screen twice quickly again to
zoom out.
- or You can also use “pinch” and “spread” gestures to zoom in or out. See Pinch and
spread.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
90
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Working with Photos
You can touch and hold on a photo to open a selection menu and choose what to do with it. You
can choose to delete the photo, rotate or crop it, and more.
Rotate and Save a Photo
To rotate or save your photo, follow the below procedures.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Select a folder location (such as Camera) and tap an image to view your picture.
3. Tap
> Rotate left or Rotate right.
The rotated picture is saved in your default storage location as a copy.
Crop a Photo
The crop your photos, follow the below procedures.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Select a folder location (such as Camera) and tap an image to view your picture.
3. Tap
> Crop.
4. To adjust the crop box size, touch and drag the edges of the box.
5. To move the crop box to the part of the photo that you want to crop, touch anywhere
inside the box and drag it to the desired position.
6. Tap Done to apply the changes to the picture.
The cropped picture is saved along with the original copy in your default storage location.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
91
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Share Photos and Videos
The Gallery application lets you send photos and videos using email or multimedia messages.
You can share photos on your social networks (such as Facebook, Picasa, and Twitter) and
share videos on YouTube. You can also send them to another phone or your computer using
Bluetooth.
Send Photos or Videos by Email
You can send several photos, videos, or both in a Gmail or email message. They are added as
file attachments.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to share.
3. Tap the photos you want to send.
4. Touch the screen and then tap
> Gmail or Email.
5. Compose your message and then tap
or
Note: If you selected Email and you have multiple email accounts, the default email account
will be used.
Send a Photo or Video by Multimedia Message
Although you can send several photos or videos in a multimedia message, it may be better to
send one at a time—especially if the files are large in size.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to send.
3. Tap the photo or video you want to send.
4. Touch the screen and then tap
> Messaging.
5. Compose your message and then tap
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
92
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Send Photos or Videos Using Bluetooth
You can select several photos, videos, or both and send them to someone’s phone or your
computer using Bluetooth.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to send.
3. Select the photos or videos you want to send.
4. Touch the screen and then tap
> Bluetooth.
5. Follow the prompts to enable Bluetooth on your phone and connect to the receiving
Bluetooth device. For more information, see Bluetooth.
Share Photos or Videos on Google+
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to send.
3. Tap the photo or video you want to send.
4. Touch the screen and then tap
> Google+.
5. Compose your message and then tap
Share Photos on Picasa
You need to be signed in to a Google Account to upload pictures to the Picasa photo organizing
service.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to share.
3. Select the photos you want to share.
4. Touch the screen and then tap
> Picasa.
5. Select the online album where you want to upload the pictures.
6. Tap Upload. You can view the photos online at picasaweb.google.com.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
93
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Share Videos on YouTube
You can share your videos by uploading them to YouTube. Before you do this, you must create
a YouTube account and sign in to that account on your phone.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Gallery.
2. Tap the album that contains the videos you want to share.
3. Select the video you want to share.
4. Touch the screen and then tap
> YouTube.
5. Enter the prompted information, such as description and tags, and select a privacy
option.
6. Tap Upload.
Samsung Hub
Samsung Hub is your one stop for the hottest movie and TV content. With hundreds of titles
available, entertaining your family on the go was never easier. You can rent or purchase your
favorite content and watch from any location. Featuring the stunning viewing quality Samsung is
known for, Samsung Hub is your gateway to mobile video like you've never experienced it
before.
You must be connected to Mobile data service, or to a Wi-Fi network, to preview and download
a media file. Files you download or purchase are stored in the phone’s internal memory.
Samsung Hub uses your Samsung account to manage access and account information. For
more information about creating or signing in to a Samsung account, see Samsung Account.
Use Samsung Hub
The Samsung Hub screen provides an overview of all the available categories on one page
such as: Music, Video, Books, and Games. The overview page also displays recently-added
media that you can rent or purchase.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Samsung Hub.
2. Scroll across the screen to select from the following available pages:

Overview: displays an main access for all available categories and recently available
content for purchase or rental.

MUSIC: displays music that is available for purchase and allows you to search for
new music.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
94
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

VIDEO: displays videos and TV shows that are available for purchase/rental and
allows you to search for new content.

BOOKS: displays books and magazines that are available for purchase and allows
you to search for new content.

GAMES: displays games that are available for purchase or as trials and allows you
to search for new content.
3. Scroll through the media listings. You can tap items to buy or rent them. As you tap
some items, you can listen or watch a preview.
4. Follow the prompts to buy or rent media.
Samsung Hub Notices
●
Any media item (Media Content) may be rented or purchased after you create an
account in Samsung Hub.
●
Media Content that is purchased and downloaded may be viewed concurrently on up to
five (5) devices with Samsung Hub (or “the service”) that are also registered to the same
account.
●
You may remove a device from your account no more than once every 90 days.
●
You may remove Media Content from a device as many times as you’d like. You will
have the ability to re-download the Media Content later subject to content re-download
availability and content provider permissions.
●
You may need network coverage to access Media Content you have acquired through
the Service.
●
You can use 3G, 4G, or Wi-Fi connectivity to download Media Content.
●
Unlike purchased Media Content, rented Media Content will be viewable on only 1
device in your account at a time.
●
Media Content is downloaded and saved to your authorized device's SD card. No SD
Card included out of box.
●
Your Media Content may pause/stop or not download in networks where there is a weak
signal.
●
You may begin watching downloaded Media Content as soon as a) license acquisition
has occurred and b) sufficient amount of the Media Content has been buffered.
●
You must finish watching Media Content within the time limit set out for each piece of
content (which may be as short as 24 consecutive hours).
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
95
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Stopping, pausing or restarting rented Media Content does not extend the available
viewing time.

In no event will rented Media Content be available for a period of more than thirty
(30) days (or shorter on a title-by-title basis) after the Media Content has been rented
(e.g., if you begin viewing rented Media Content on the 29th day after the rental
transaction, but do not finish viewing the entire title, that rented Media Content may
not be available for the entire twenty-four (24) consecutive hour period if such period
would extend the viewable time beyond the thirty (30) day rental window).
Unless otherwise restricted by the Content Providers, you can download Media Content to your
TV using HDMI connections; otherwise, you cannot play Media Content downloaded from your
mobile device output.
WatchON
Use WatchON and your phone to control your TV and other devices.
Set up WatchON
Configure basic WatchON settings, to identify your TV provider and sign in to your accounts.
1.
Press
and tap
Apps >
WatchON.
2. Follow the prompts to configure options, including:

Select your country/region to help WatchON find TV information for you.

Enter your zip code to help WatchON find your TV service provider.

Find your TV service provider to customize WatchON for your own TV service.

Select channel list to make sure WatchON can control your TV service.

Personalize your setup.

Set up Netflix (optional) to find and share content from your Netflix account.

Learn about Peel remote.

Sign in to your Samsung account.
3. Continue on to set up your phone as a remote to control your TV.
Note: Tap
> Help to learn more about WatchON.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
96
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Set Up Your Phone as a Remote
Use WatchON and your phone to control your TV, set-top box, DVR, Blu-ray or DVD player,
stereo, and other electronic devices.
1. Press
and tap
2. From the toolbar, tap
Apps >
WatchON.
, and then tap Set up now.
3. Follow the prompts to find your TV or other devices and configure your phone to control
their operation.
Note: Tap
> Help to learn more about WatchON.
Story Album
With Story Album, you can create a digital album of your story in media. Special moments will
be on a timeline, and if you wish, you can have your album published as a hard copy.
► Press
Note: Tap
and tap
Apps >
Story Album.
> Help to learn more about Story Album.
Video
Play videos stored on your phone, and share them via Bluetooth, Dropbox, Email, Gmail,
Google+, Messaging, Picasa, Wi-Fi Direct, and YouTube.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Video.
2. Scroll through the videos stored on your device. After a few seconds, each video
thumbnail begins playing a preview of the clip.
3. Tap a video to view it.
Viewing Thumbnails
► While viewing thumbnails, tap
for options:

Scan for nearby devices: Discover and connect directly to nearby devices.

Sort by: List videos by Title (default), Date, Size, or Type.

View as: Display videos as a List, Thumbnails, or as Folders.

Share via: Share the video.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
97
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Delete: Delete videos.

Auto play next: Enable or disable automatic playing of videos in the order they
appear.
Viewing Videos
1. Touch a video to play it. While playing a video, touch the screen to display or hide
playback controls:

Pause: Pause the video.

Play: Start the video after being paused.

Reverse: Touch and hold to rewind the video. Tap to go to previous video.

Forward: Touch and hold to fast-forward the video. Tap to go to next video.

Volume: Tap to display the volume slider control.

Pop-Up Play: The video plays in a small window so you can use your phone for
other purposes while watching the video. To return to previous size, double-tap the
screen.
2. Adjust the size of the video image to better fit on the display screen:


Full-screen view. The entire screen is used, which may cause some image
distortion.
Original size view: The video plays in its original size.

Rotational view: The video is enlarged as much as possible without becoming
distorted. When the display screen auto rotates, the video is automatically resized to
fit the current screen size without distortion.

Ratio view: The video is enlarged as much as possible without becoming
distorted. When the display screen auto rotates, the video remains the same size
and does not adjust to fit the current screen size.
3. During playback, touch
for options:

Share via: Share the video.

Chapter preview: Display chapter information (if embedded in the video file.

Trim: Adjust the beginning and ending points of the video.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
98
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Via Bluetooth: Share video using .

Video auto off: Set the option Off or set your video to turn off automatically by
touching one of the time values.

Settings: Touch this option to view the following:

•
Brightness: Adjust the brightness of the display screen.
•
Capture: Turn On or Off the Capture mode.
•
SoundAlive: Enhance audio with SoundAlive effects when using headphones.
•
Play speed: Touch and drag the slider to decrease or increase play speed.
•
Subtitles (CC): View subtitles for the video (if available).
•
Tag buddy: View tagged information such as the weather, location, or date
created for the video file (if available).
Details: Provides details about the video, such as Name, Size, Resolution, etc.
Share Videos
1. Press
2. Tap
and tap
Apps >
Video.
> Share via.
3. Tap video(s) to select them for sharing, and then tap Done.
4. Choose a sharing option, and then follow the prompts to share the video.
Use Pop-up Play
Multitask with Pop-up Play—transform your video player into a pop-up window floating on the
screen. The video will continue to play, and the pop-up window can be resized or moved
anywhere on the screen.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Video.
2. Tap a video to view it.
3. Tap
to continue playing the video in a floating window. Drag the window to any
location on the screen, and use two fingers to pinch or spread to resize the floating
window.
DRAFT
Pictures and Video
99
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Tools and Calendar
Learn how to use many of your phone’s productivity-enhancing apps and features.
Calendar
Use Calendar to create and manage events, meetings, and appointments. Your Calendar helps
organize your time and reminds you of important events. Depending on your synchronization
settings, your phone’s Calendar stays in sync with your Calendar on the Web, Exchange
ActiveSync calendar, and Outlook calendar.
Add an Event to the Calendar
Add events to your Calendar to help you organize your time and remind you of important
events.
Note: To synchronize calendar events among your Google and Corporate accounts, make
sure they are being managed by your phone. See Accounts and Messaging for more
information.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Calendar.
2. Double-tap a day to which you would like to add an event to reveal the Add event/Add
task screen.
3. Assign the new calendar event to a current account by tapping the Calendar field and
then selecting an account. For this example we are choosing a Corporate account.

My calendars are calendar entries that are stored locally on the phone and not part
of an email account.

Google/Gmail are calendar entries that are synchronized between your phone and
your online Google account.

Corporate are calendar entries that are synchronized between your phone and
either an Exchange Server or available from within Microsoft® Outlook®.
4. Tap the Title field and enter a title for the event.
5. Tap Save, or tap Edit event details to enter more information about the event:

Select a From/To time for the event by tapping the corresponding fields, and
adjusting the month, day, and year.

Select a time for the event by tapping the time field and then adjusting the hour and
minute. Tap the All day field to assign this as an all day event. If assigned as an all
day event, the time fields are removed as options.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
100
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Select a recurrence cycle for the event by tapping the Repeat field.

Select an alarm time by tapping the Reminder field.

Enter a location for the event in the Location field or tap
the a map.

Enter a description for the event in the Description field.

Enter participants in the Participants field.

Tap Show me as to choose how the event shows on your calendar to other event
organizers.

Tap Privacy to select who is allowed to see this event. Private allows only the
participants to see the event. Public allows anyone with access to your calendar to
see the event.

Tap Memos to add an S Memo file as an attachment. For more information, see S
Memo.

Tap Images to add an image from the Gallery or take a new picture using the
camera.
to select the location on
6. Tap Add event to store the new event and synchronize it with your selected account.
Event Alerts
When your phone is turned on and you have an event alarm scheduled, your phone alerts you
and displays the event summary. There are several ways your phone alerts you to scheduled
events:
●
By playing the assigned ringtone.
●
By showing the Alert screen.
Event Reminders
When your phone is turned on and you have an event alarm scheduled, there are several ways
your phone alerts you to scheduled events:
●
By playing a short beep.
●
By indicating an icon within the Status bar.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
101
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
To view additional options:
1. Tap the Status bar, and then slide your finger down the screen to open the
Notifications panel.
2. Tap the upcoming event name from the onscreen list to display the event within the
Calendar notifications screen.
3. Tap an option.

Set snooze duration to set the length of time to allow before you are reminded of
the event. Choose from: 3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes,15 minutes, or 30
minutes.

Snooze to be reminded of the event at a future time.

Dismiss to dismiss the reminder.
View Events
The following procedure helps you view your calendar events.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Calendar.
2. To view a Calendar event farther out, tap either Week or Month.
3. Tap the day for which you would like to view events. (Your phone lists events in
chronological order.)
4. To display an event’s details, tap it from the current screen.
Day and List Views
Day view displays a list of the events of one day.
List view shows a list of events in chronological order.
The color bars on the left side of the events indicate the type of calendar that includes the event.
When in Day view, slide left or right across the screen to view earlier or later days.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
102
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Week View
Week view displays a chart of the events of one week.
When in Week view:
●
You can touch and hold on a time slot to create a new event at that time.
●
Tap an event to view its details.
●
Slide left or right across the screen to view earlier or later weeks.
Month View
In Month view, you’ll see markers on days that have events.
When in Month view:
●
Tap a day to view the events of that day.
●
Touch and hold a day to create a new event.
●
Slide up or down to view earlier or later months.
Erase Events
The following procedures show you how to erase your calendar events.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Calendar.
2. Open the calendar event details:

In List, Day, and Week views, tap the calendar event you want to delete.

In Month view, tap the date where the calendar event occurs, and then tap the
calendar event.

In Year view, tap the month in which the event is located.
3. Tap
> Delete.
4. In the Delete confirmation box, tap OK.
- or If the calendar event is recurring, select Only this event, This & future events, or All
events, and tap OK.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
103
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Alarm and Timer
The Clock app offers features for keeping track of time and setting alarms.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Clock.
2. Swipe your finger along the taps at the top of the screen to view features. Tap a tab to
use a feature:

Alarm: This feature allows you to set an alarm to ring at a specific time.

World clock: allows you to view the time of day or night in other parts of the world.
World Clock displays time in hundreds of different cities, within all 24 time zones
around the world.

Stopwatch: You can use this option to measure intervals of time.

Timer: You can use this option to set a countdown timer. Use a timer to count down
to an event based on a preset time length (hours, minutes, and seconds).

Desk clock: Display a clock and calendar on the screen, with shortcuts to your
favorite apps.
Create an Alarm
Create an alarm event. You can set one-time or recurring alarms, and choose options for how to
be notified for the alarm.
and tap
1. Press
2. Tap
Apps >
Clock.
Create alarm, and then enter information for the alarm.
Delete an Alarm
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Clock.
2. Touch and hold an alarm, and then tap Delete from the pop-up menu.
Calculator
Use the Calculator app to perform mathematical calculations.
Note: Rotate the phone to switch to a scientific calculator.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Calculator.
2. Tap the keypad to enter your equation. You can touch and hold C to clear all numbers.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
104
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Dropbox
Dropbox works to provide access to your desktop files directly from your phone. This
applications allows you to bring your files with you when you're on the go, edit files in your
Dropbox from your phone, upload photos and videos to Dropbox, and share your selected files
freely with family and friends.
The in-phone application works in conjunction with a partner program placed on a target
computer using an active Internet connection.
Dropbox creates a folder that automatically synchronizes its contents across all of your
connected devices on your account. Update a file to your Dropbox on your computer, and it’s
automatically updated to the same folder on your other devices.
Download the Desktop Application
Follow the procedures below to download the desktop application.
1. Use your computer’s browser to navigate to: dropbox.com.
2. Follow the onscreen setup and installation instructions on your target computer
containing the desired files.
Important!
The computer application must be installed on the computer containing the
desired files. This computer must have an active Internet connection.
Note: The Dropbox service offers 2GB of free “Cloud” storage.
Accessing Dropbox on Your Device
Follow the procedures below to access the Dropbox app.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
Dropbox.
2. Tap Next, and then tap I’m already a Dropbox user, enter your current account
credentials, and tap Log in.
- or Tap I’m new to Dropbox and follow the onscreen instructions to register for a new
account.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
105
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Manually Uploading a Picture to Dropbox
Follow the below procedures to manually upload pictures to the Dropbox app.
1. Press
Apps >
and tap
Camera.
2. After the image is taken, tap the Image Viewer box at the bottom right. This previews the
current image.
3. Tap the image to reveal the image options at the top of the screen.
4. Tap
> Dropbox, select a folder location, and tap Upload.
Note: If your share folder is located on your computer, you will momentarily receive an
onscreen popup notifying you that a new image was uploaded to your shared Dropbox
folder.
Google Now
Google Now gets you just the right information at just the right time.
It tells you today’s weather before you start your day, how much traffic to expect before you
leave for work, when the next train will arrive as you’re standing on the platform, or your favorite
team's score while they’re playing. And the best part? All of this happens automatically. Cards
appear throughout the day at the moment you need them.
For more information, visit google.com/landing/now.
1. Press and hold
, then tap
Google Now.
2. Follow the prompts to learn about Google Now, and set up your preferences.
Google Settings
Use Google Settings to manage your Google apps and account settings.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Google Settings.
Help
Help provides online information to help with your device questions.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Help.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
106
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
S Memo
The S Memo application allows you to create memos using the keyboard, your finger, or both.
You can add images, voice recordings, and text all in one place.
View the S Memo Screen
Follow the steps below to explore the S Memo app.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
2. From the S Memo screen, tap
S Memo.
to access the following options:

Search: Tap to search for a saved memo.

Delete: Touch one or all memos and then tap Done.

Sort by: Set whether to sort the memo list by Date (most recent), Date (oldest),
Name, Tag, or Favorites.

List view/Thumbnail view: Tap to view your existing memos in a list or thumbnail
(default) view.

Import/Export: Export a memo as an S Note or S Memo file, or import an S Note or
S Memo file.

Create folder: Enter a name for a folder in the Folder name field and touch OK.

Move: Move a memo to a folder.

Copy: Copy the selected memo to the clipboard.

Settings: Tap Accounts to access these S Memo settings:

•
Samsung account: Sign in to your Samsung account to sync memos with your
account.
•
Google Docs: Sign in to your Google Docs account to sync memos with your
account.
•
Evernote: Sign in to your Evernote account to sync memos with your account.
Help: Learn about S Memo.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
107
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Create a New S Memo
Follow the steps below to create a new memo or expand or reply to an existing memo using the
S Memo app.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
S Memo.
2. Tap
to start a new memo in text mode, or tap
to start a new memo in drawing
mode. You can change back and forth in a memo to add text with the keyboard and by
writing with your finger.
to access memo options. Available options depend on whether you have saved
3. Tap
the memo, or are in keyboard mode. Memo options may include:

Rename: allows you to change the current memo title.

Share via: allows you to share your memo using Group Cast, Picasa, Bluetooth, WiFi Direct, Messaging, Dropbox, Google+, Email, or Gmail.

Delete: allows you to erase the memo.

Export: allows you to save the memo to your Gallery or as a PDF.

Save as: allows you to save the memo with a different name.

Add tag: allows you to set tags to add in searches.

Add to Favorites: allows you to tag the current memo as a favorite.

Change background: allows you to set the background for your memo. Swipe the
screen to the left or right to select a background and then tap Done.

Edit pages: allows you to drag pages to a new order.

Create event: allows you to launch Calendar to create a new event.

Link to Calendar: allows you to link the memo to your Calendar.

Lock: allows you to lock the memo by using a PIN number.

Set as: allows you to set a memo as a contact icon, Home screen wallpaper, Lock
screen wallpaper, or a widget.

Print: allows you to print a memo to a compatible Samsung printer (not included) via
Wi-Fi.
4. When you are finished creating your memo, tap Save on the top menu bar.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
108
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
My Files
My files allows you to manage your manage your sounds, images, videos, Bluetooth files,
Android files, and other memory card data in one convenient location. This application allows
you to launch a file if the associated application is already on your phone.
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
My files.
2. Folders display, including:

All files: Tap to choose Device storage, or SD memory card, to show files stored in
the phone’s internal memory, or on an optional installed memory card (not included).

Images: Pictures stored on your phone.

Videos: Videos stored on your phone.

Music: Songs stored on your phone.

Documents: Other files stored on your phone.
Note: Different folders may appear depending on how your phone is configured.
Voice Services
The following information will guide you through using Voice Services.
S Translator
Easily translate words and phrases, either spoken or in text.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
S Translator.
S Voice
Your phone’s S Voice is a voice recognition application used to activate a wide variety of
functions on your phone. This is a natural language recognition application.
This goes beyond the Google Search Voice Actions feature that simply recognizes Google
commands and search terms. You can ask it questions (Is it raining in Dallas?) or give it
commands (Show me where to find cheap gas).
1. Press
and tap
Apps >
S Voice.
2. Navigate through the following onscreen tutorial screens by reading the information and
tapping Next, or tap Skip to continue without reading the information.
3. Wake up the application by repeating the phrase Hi Galaxy.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
109
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Note: The wake-up command/phrase can be changed from “Hi Galaxy” to anything else.
4. Tap Speak if the phone does not hear you or to give it a command.
Voice Recorder
The Voice recorder allows you to record an audio file up to one minute long and then
immediately share it using AllShare, Messaging, Gmail, or via Bluetooth. Recording time will
vary based on the available memory within the phone.
1. Press
and tap
2. To start recording, tap
3. To pause recording, tap
4. Tap
Apps >
Voice Recorder.
and speak into the microphone.
. To end the recording, tap
for options:

Share: allows you to share your recording using such methods as Bluetooth, Email,
Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.

Delete: allows you to delete one or more voice recordings. Tap the recordings to
delete and tap Delete. Tap OK to confirm the deletion.

Settings: the following settings are available:
•
Storage: allows you to choose where your recordings will be saved. Select
between Phone or memory card.
•
Recording quality: allows you to set the recording quality to High or Normal.
•
Limit for MMS: allows you to choose whether voice recordings you make are
limited to a size that can be attached to a multimedia message.
•
Contextual filename: allows you to choose whether the phone automatically
creates a filename that includes GPS location information. When turned On,
contextual filenames are assigned when the GPS tag options is turned On in the
Camera, and the phone is connected with a network.
•
Default name: allows you to choose the name prefix for your recordings. For
example, if your Default name is Voice, your recordings would be named Voice
001, Voice 002, Voice 003, etc.
•
Noise reduction: allows you to choose whether the phone uses noise reduction
during recording, to improve recording quality.
•
Recording volume: allows you to choose the default volume for recordings.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
110
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
•
Channel: allows you to choose whether recordings are made in Stereo or Mono.
•
Skip interval: allows you to choose the number of seconds to skip when you
press the Forward and Back buttons during playback.
Voice Search
Search the Web by speaking your search criteria.
► Press
and tap
Apps >
Voice Search.
Bluetooth
Bluetooth is a short-range communications technology that allows you to connect wirelessly to a
number of Bluetooth phones, such as headsets and hands-free car kits, and Bluetooth-enabled
handhelds, computers, printers, and wireless phones. The Bluetooth communication range is
usually approximately 30 feet.
Turn Bluetooth On or Off
When Bluetooth is On, you can scan and find other Bluetooth devices, to share information
between the devices. Turn Bluetooth Off when not in use to conserve battery power.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth On or Off.
Note: You can also turn Bluetooth On or Off from Notifications. Drag down from the top of the
screen, then tap the Bluetooth button.
The Bluetooth Settings Menu
The following procedure provides you with a path to the Bluetooth settings menu.
► Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Bluetooth.
Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit
You can listen to music over a Bluetooth stereo headset, or have hands-free conversations
using a compatible Bluetooth headset or car kit. It’s the same procedure to set up stereo audio
and hands-free devices.
To listen to music with your headset or car kit, the headset or car kit must support the A2DP
Bluetooth profile.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
111
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Bluetooth.
2. If Bluetooth is not on, tap the ON/OFF switch to turn it on.
3. Make sure that the headset is discoverable, so that your phone can find the headset.
Refer to the instructions that came with the headset to find out how to set it to
discoverable mode.
4. Tap Scan. Your phone will start to scan for Bluetooth devices within range.
5. When you see the name of your headset displayed in the Bluetooth devices section, tap
the name. Your phone then automatically tries to pair with the headset.
6. If automatic pairing fails, enter the passcode supplied with your headset.
The pairing and connection status is displayed below the hands-free headset or car kit name in
the Bluetooth devices section. When the Bluetooth headset or car kit is connected to your
phone,
(Bluetooth connected) displays in the status bar. Depending on the type of headset or
car kit you have connected, you can then start using the headset or car kit to listen to music or
make and receive phone calls.
Note: Due to different specifications and features of other Bluetooth-compatible devices,
display and operations may be different, and functions such as transfer or exchange
may not be possible with all Bluetooth-compatible devices.
Reconnect a Headset or Car Kit
When you have paired a headset with your phone, you should be able to reconnect it
automatically by turning on Bluetooth on your phone and then turning on the headset. However,
sometimes you will need to reconnect manually, for example if you have been using your
headset with another Bluetooth device.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Bluetooth.
2. If Bluetooth is not on, tap the ON/OFF switch to turn it on.
3. Make sure that the headset is discoverable.
4. Tap the headset’s name in the Bluetooth devices section.
5. If prompted to enter a passcode, try 0000 or 1234, or consult the headset or car kit
documentation to find the passcode.
6. If you still cannot reconnect to the headset or car kit, follow the instructions in Disconnect
or Unpair From a Bluetooth Device, and then follow the instructions in Connect a
Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit.
Disconnect or Unpair from a Bluetooth Device
Follow these instructions to disconnect or unpair your phone from a Bluetooth device.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
112
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Disconnect from a Bluetooth Device
You can disconnect from a Bluetooth device, without removing the pairing relationship between
the devices.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Bluetooth.
2. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap the device, and then tap Disconnect.
Unpair from a Bluetooth Device
You can make your phone forget its pairing connection with another Bluetooth device. To
connect to the device again, you will need to pair with it again.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Bluetooth.
2. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap the device, and then tap Unpair.
Send Information Using Bluetooth
You can use Bluetooth to transfer information between your phone and another Bluetoothenabled device such as a phone or notebook computer. The first time you transfer information
between your phone and another device, you need to enter or confirm a security passcode.
After that, your phone and the other device are paired, and you will not need to exchange
passcodes to transfer information in the future.
Send Information From Your Phone to Another Device
You can send the following types of information, depending on the device you are sending to:
●
Images and videos
●
Calendar events
●
Contacts
●
Audio files
1. Set the receiving device to discoverable mode. You may also need to set it to “Receive
Beams” or “Receive Files”. Refer to the device’s documentation for instructions on
receiving information over Bluetooth.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
113
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
2. On the phone, open the application that contains the information or file you want to send.
Follow the steps for the type of item you want to send:
Tip:

Photo or video (in Camera). After capturing a photo, on the preview screen, tap
> Bluetooth.

Photos and videos (in Gallery). On the Albums tab, tap an album, and then tap
> Bluetooth.
If your phone remembers Bluetooth as a previous selection within the Camera or
Gallery, you can tap
(to the right of the
icon).

Calendar event. In the Calendar’s Day view, Agenda view, or Week view, tap the
event and then tap
> Send via > Bluetooth.

Music track. This feature is available through the Music Player. With the track
displayed on the Now playing screen, tap
> Share music via > Bluetooth.

Voice recording. On the main Voice Recorder screen, touch and hold a recording
and then tap Share > Bluetooth.
3. If you are prompted to turn on Bluetooth, tap Yes.
4. Tap the name of the receiving device.
5. If prompted, accept the connection on the receiving phone, and enter the same
passcode on both your phone and the other device, or confirm the auto-generated
passcode.
6. On the receiving device, accept the file.
The location where the information is saved depends on the type of information and the
receiving device:
●
If you send a calendar event or contact, it is normally added directly to the corresponding
application on the receiving device. For example, if you send a calendar event to a
compatible phone, the event is shown in that phone’s calendar application.
●
If you send another file type to a Windows computer, it is normally saved in the
Bluetooth Exchange folder within your personal document folders.

On Windows XP, the path may be: C:\Documents and Settings\[your username]\
My Documents\Bluetooth Exchange.

On Windows Vista, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\Documents.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
114
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
●
If you send a file to another device, the saved location may depend on the file type. For
example, if you send an image file to another wireless phone, it may be saved in a folder
named “Images.”
Receive Information Using Bluetooth
Your phone is capable of receiving a wide variety of file types with Bluetooth, including photos,
music tracks, and documents such as PDFs.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Bluetooth.
2. If Bluetooth is not on, tap the ON/OFF switch to turn it on.
3. Tap the check box next to your phone's Bluetooth name to make it discoverable.
4. On the sending device, send one or more files to your phone. Refer to the device’s
documentation for instructions on sending information over Bluetooth.
5. If prompted, enter the same passcode on both your phone and the other device, or
confirm the auto-generated passcode. A Bluetooth authorization request is displayed on
your phone.
6. When your phone receives a file transfer request notification, tap Accept.
7. When the file is transferred, a notification displays. To open the file immediately, slide
down the notifications panel, and then tap the relevant notification.
When you open a received file, what happens next depends on the file type:
●
Media files and documents are usually opened directly in a compatible application. For
example, if you open a music track, it starts playing in the Music application.
●
For a vCalendar file, select the calendar where you want to save the event, and then tap
Import.
●
The vCalendar is added to your Calendar events. (For more information on using the
Calendar, see Calendar.)
●
For a vCard contact file, if there are multiple vCard files on your storage card, you can
choose to import one, several, or all of those contacts to your contacts list.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
115
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
microSD Card
A microSDTM memory card is an optional accessory (not included) that allows you to store
images, videos, music, documents, and other data on your phone.
Remove a microSD Card
Use the following procedures to remove an optional microSD card from your phone.
1. Remove the battery cover.

Grasp the phone firmly and locate the slot at the top of the phone.

Place your fingernail in the opening and firmly “pop” the cover off the phone (similar
to a soda can).
2. Firmly press the card into the slot and release it. The card should pop partially out of the
slot.
3. Remove the card from the slot.
4. Replace the battery cover.
Important!
You can damage the microSD card by improper installation. Please be careful
when inserting, removing, or handling it.
View microSD Card Memory
Use the following procedure to view memory usage information for an optional installed
microSD card.
► Press
and tap
> Settings > More > Storage. (The total and available
memory space will be displayed.) See Storage for more information.
Format a microSD Card
Formatting a microSD card permanently removes all files stored on the card.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More > Storage.
2. Scroll down the screen, tap Format SD card > Format SD card > Delete all.
Note: Formatting erases all the data on an installed microSD card, after which the files
CANNOT be retrieved. To prevent the loss of important data, please check the contents
before you format the card.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
116
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Unmount a microSD Card
When you need to remove an optional installed microSD card, you must unmount the card first
to prevent corrupting the data stored on it or damaging the card.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More > Storage.
2. Tap Unmount SD card.
3. Remove the microSD card. See Remove a microSD Card.
Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer
You can use the supplied USB cable to connect your phone directly to your computer and
transfer music, pictures, and other content files. For example, if you have a music album stored
on your computer that you want to listen to on your phone with the music player, Google Play
Music, or Sprint Music Plus, just attach your phone to the computer and copy the files to the
Music folder.
1. Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB/charging cable. You may
need to remove the USB cable from the Charging Head.

Insert the smaller end of the cable to the USB Charger/Accessory jack at the bottom
of the phone.

Insert the larger end of the cable into an available USB port on your computer.
2. Your phone will automatically detect the connection. When appears in the Status bar,
swipe your finger down from the Status bar to open Notifications.
3. On Notifications, the type of connection is shown:

Connected as a media device: Used for most transfers. You can transfer files in
Windows or from a Mac.

Connected as a camera: Used for transfers of photos using camera software on
your computer.

To change the connection type, tap it in the notifications panel to open the Storage
settings > USB PC Connection option, and then tap the desired option.
4. On your computer, navigate to the detected phone (such as through the My Computer
menu) and open it.
5. If available, select a drive (Card for an optional installed memory card (not included), or
Phone for internal phone storage).
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
117
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
6. Select a folder (for example, Music for songs and albums) and copy files to it from your
computer.
7. When you are done, disconnect your phone from the computer.
Update Your Phone
From time to time, updates may become available for your phone. Use System update options
to update your phone’s internal software.
Before Updating Your Firmware
Updating your phone firmware will erase all user data from your phone. You must back up all
critical information before updating your phone firmware.
To back up information to your Google account:
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Accounts > Backup and reset.
2. Tap Back up my data to turn on the feature (checkmark).

Tap Backup account to choose or sign in to a Google account to use for backups.

Tap Automatic restore if you want information saved to the Google account above
to be restored when you reinstall apps, such as after a firmware update, or when
setting up a new device.
To back up your Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync information:
1. Press
and tap
> Settings.
2. Tap Accounts, and then tap your Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account.
3. Tap Sync all.
To preserve data on an optional installed memory card:
As an added precaution, to preserve any data on an optional installed microSD card, please
remove it from your phone prior to starting the update process.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
118
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Update your Phone
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap System Update to use these options:

Update PRL: Download and the latest Preferred Roaming List (PRL), used by your
phone to access the network.

Update Profile: Update the user profile related to your wireless service account. If
you choose to change your user name online, use this option to update the user
name on your phone.

Update Samsung Software: Upgrade to the latest software available for your
device.

Update Firmware: Update your phone’s firmware. Follow the prompts to download
and install the update.

UICC Unlock: Unlock your device’s Universal Integrated Circuit Card.
DRAFT
Tools and Calendar
119
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service
With your phone and global roaming service from Sprint WorldwideSM Wireless Service, you can
make phone calls and use wireless data services around the globe on compatible CDMA and
GSM/UMTS networks. For a country-specific travel guide, select your device and destination
from sprint.com/traveltips.
Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your Account
Before using your phone in global roaming mode, you must activate Sprint Worldwide service.
To activate Sprint Worldwide service:
► Chat with or email an international support rep by visiting sprint.com/swwsupport.
– or –
► Call Sprint Worldwide Customer support at 1-888-226-7212.
Your SIM Card
Your phone comes with a preinstalled SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card to support roaming
on compatible GSM networks.
Note: Your SIM card should be preinstalled. If you need to reinstall your SIM card, follow the
instructions below.
Note: The SIM included contains information specific to your phone and should be retained
with the phone for use on GSM networks.
1. Using the slot provided, gently lift the cover off the phone. Remove the battery.
2. Hold the SIM card so that the metal contacts on the SIM card face down and the cut off
corner points to the bottom-right corner of your phone.
3. Slide the SIM card into the SIM card slot until it stops.
4. Replace the battery and battery cover.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
120
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Enable Global Roaming Mode
Your phone is designed to enter global roaming mode automatically when you activate your
Sprint Worldwide service, meaning that it should automatically connect to an appropriate
CDMA/LTE network or GSM/UMTS network when you travel. You may set global roaming
options through the settings menu. You may also need to set your network mode options
through the settings menu.
To set your roaming options manually:
and tap
> Settings > Connections > More networks > Mobile
1. Press
networks > Network mode.
2. Select a category and settings for each category.

Roaming network: Select Automatic for international use. Home only restricts use
to the Nationwide Sprint Network only.

Roaming settings: Under Domestic CDMA and International CDMA, select the
Voice and Data check marks. Under GSM, select the Data check mark.

Roaming guard: Select your roaming guard preferences for Domestic CDMA,
International CDMA, and GSM.
To set your network mode options manually:
► Press
mode.
and tap
> Settings > Connections > More networks > Network

To allow connections to CDMA or LTE networks only, touch CDMA or LTE/CDMA.

To allow connections to GSM or UMTS networks only, touch GSM/UMTS.

To allow connections to available CDMA/LTE or GSM/UMTS networks, touch
Automatic. This is the recommended setting for international use.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
121
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Make and Receive Worldwide Calls
When travelling on international networks, you can place and answer calls as you would on the
Sprint network (see Make Phone Calls and Receive Phone Calls), although some additional
instructions may be required to place a call. Some features and services are not available in all
countries. For more information on services that are available while roaming, visit
sprint.com/sww.
Make Calls Using Plus (+) Code Dialing
Placing calls from one country to another country is simple with the Plus (+) Code Dialing
feature. When placing international calls, you can use Plus Code Dialing to enter the
appropriate international access code for your location (for example, 011 for international calls
placed from the United States).
Note: Plus Code Dialing is only available when roaming internationally on GSM networks and
on certain CDMA networks in the United States, Canada, and the Caribbean.
Note: International access codes and dialing information are available online at
sprint.com/sww.
To use Plus Code Dialing to place an international call:
1. Press
and tap
Phone > Keypad to display the phone screen.
2. Dial the appropriate sequence for your location:

to insert a “+” on the dialer screen. (The
If you are on the GSM network, touch
“+” symbol automatically inserts the international access code for the country from
which you are calling.)

If you are on the CDMA network outside Canada or the Caribbean, enter the
international access code for the country from which you are calling.
3. Touch
to insert the US country code, and then enter the area code and number.
4. Touch
to place the call.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
122
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Sprint Voicemail Service
Your Sprint voicemail will follow you as you travel. All of your unanswered calls will be
forwarded to your Sprint voicemail. You will need to be sure your voicemail box is already set up
and that you know your voicemail password.
Note: Sprint voicemail may not be available on all networks; check sprint.com/sww for service
information.
Set Up Your Voicemail Access Number
To simplify accessing your Sprint Voicemail while travelling, you can set up your voicemail
access number as a Contacts entry. Save the voicemail access number with the international
dialing code, to make it faster and easier to access your messages while roaming
internationally.
Contact.
1. Press
and tap
2. Touch
to add a contact.
3. If you have accounts set up on your phone, tap a storage account.
4. Enter a name for the new contact, for example, “Voicemail”.
5. Touch
(+1), your area code, and your wireless phone number.
6. Touch Save.
Access Your Voicemail
You will need to call your voicemail number to access your voicemail while roaming
internationally.
New Message Indicators
Your voicemail message indicators may be displayed differently when roaming internationally.
●
A “Message Waiting” indicator icon or a text message is displayed when a voicemail
message is received.
●
You may see “Missed Call” on your screen prior to receiving a message notification.
●
You must call voicemail in order to retrieve messages. Follow the instructions on the
previous page to store your voicemail number for easy access.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
123
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Retrieve Voicemail Messages
The voicemail retrieval process while travelling is the same as on the Sprint Network; however,
you will be required to enter your voicemail password.
To retrieve your voicemail messages:
and tap
Phone > Contacts tab, touch the voicemail entry and then
1. Press
touch the number to call it.
2. When your voicemail answers, touch
access your voicemail.
, enter the password, and touch
to
Voicemail Troubleshooting
There are a few tips to keep in mind when using Sprint voicemail while traveling.
●
Some carriers may not support voicemail indicators. It may be necessary to call your
voicemail to see if you have any new messages.
●
If you hear the message “Please enter the number of the subscriber you wish to call,”
enter your 10-digit wireless phone number.
International Data Roaming
Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service can also keep you connected via email and Web browsing
when travelling in countries in which Sprint offers data service. Data services are available on
both CDMA and GSM/UMTS networks. Check sprint.com/sww to determine the services
available where you are travelling.
Note: Prior to using your Sprint Worldwide GSM/UMTS Data Services, you must establish and
utilize your CDMA data services domestically on the Sprint Network.
Get Started With Data Services
To use Sprint Worldwide Data Services, you will need to have these services activated on your
account.
► To activate, call Sprint Worldwide Customer Support at 1-888-226-7212.
Representatives are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week to assist you.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
124
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Access Email and Data Services on GSM/UMTS Networks
To access your email and browse the Web when travelling, you may need to manually select
the carrier that provides Sprint service in your location. You can find a list of carriers for each
country where GSM data service is offered at sprint.com/sww. Then, follow the instructions
below to select the appropriate carrier network on your phone.
To select a GSM data service carrier for a specific country:
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > More networks > Roaming.
2. Tap Roaming network, and then change the Roaming network option to Automatic.
3. Tap Roaming settings, and then tap Data under GSM networks to allow access to data
services while roaming.
Note: Depending on the networks available you may need to choose a specific network under
Roaming network.
Access Email and Data Services on CDMA Networks
If data service is available on a CDMA network, then you only need to set the phone to CDMA,
you will not need to select the specific carrier. Selecting a specific carrier is only necessary for
providers on the GSM network. If your phone has automatically selected a GSM network while
traveling, then you will need to set the phone to CDMA to access CDMA data services. (See
Enable Global Roaming Mode.) Visit sprint.com/sww for a list of services available in each
country.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
125
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Status Messages
You may receive status messages under certain conditions. Before contacting Sprint Worldwide
Customer Support, note the message, numeric code, and the conditions under which it
appeared. The following table lists and describes the status messages.
Status Messages
Number Not in Service
User Not Available
User Not Authorized
Please Try Later
Service Restricted
Service Not Available
Emergency Calls Only
System Busy. Try Later
Service Conflict
Please Try Again
Self Check Error
Self Check Fail
Wrong PIN
PIN Blocked. Call Your
Provider
Insert SIM
Check SIM Card
Message Description
The number that you entered is not valid.
The phone that you called is either busy, out-of-range, or
turned off. Please try again later.
The phone that you called is either busy, out-of-range, or
turned off. Please try again later.
This service is temporarily not available. Please try again later.
Service may not be activated properly. Please contact Sprint
Customer Service to report the issue for resolution.
This feature is not available on the current network.
Either the service is not activated properly or the current
network is available for emergency calling only. Adjust your
network settings to check for other available networks. If
service is still not available after adjusting the settings, contact
Sprint Customer Service to report the issue for resolution.
The system is experiencing heavy traffic. Please try again later.
This service cannot be enabled because an incompatible
service has already been turned on.
An error occurred. Note the error code and try again.
A fault was detected with your phone. If this error recurs, note
the error and contact Sprint Customer Service.
An operational fault was detected with your phone. Note the
numeric code, turn your phone off, and contact Sprint
Customer Service.
You have entered an incorrect SIM PIN number. You have only
three attempts to enter your PIN. After a third unsuccessful
attempt, your phone will be locked and you will have to call
Sprint Customer Service to have it unlocked. Sprint sets the
default to PIN off; if you elect to enable the PIN then you will
need to contact Sprint for the default PIN and PUK.
An incorrect SIM PIN was entered three consecutive times.
You will be unable to send or receive calls on your phone.
Contact Sprint Customer Service to obtain the PIN Unblocked
Key (PUK) code. Sprint sets the default to PIN off; if you elect
to enable the PIN then you will need to contact Sprint for the
default PIN and PUK.
Your SIM Card is not being detected. Please check to ensure
that you have inserted the SIM Card.
Please check your SIM card to make sure it is properly
inserted.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
126
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Contact Sprint for Assistance
If you experience any issues with voice or data services while outside of the United States,
Sprint offers customer support 24 hours a day. In the event that you do experience an issue, try
the following actions:
●
First try powering your phone off and then back on; this will force your phone to
reregister with the network.
●
Try manually selecting another network. Information for selecting networks can be found
in the phone guide.
If neither of these actions resolves your issue, you will need to contact customer service (see
below). When calling to report an issue, the following information will be beneficial in trying to
resolve your issue as quickly as possible:
●
Your wireless phone number.
●
The city and country you are travelling in.
●
Any error message that displays on your phone or that you heard when trying to place a
call.
●
If the issue is with data, were you able to place voice calls?
●
If the issue is with voice service, were you able to access data?
Please call the numbers below if you need assistance:
While in the United States: Call 1-888-226-7212.
While traveling outside the United States:
●
In GSM mode: touch
●
In CDMA mode: enter the country code and then dial 1-817-698-4199.
and then dial 1-817-698-4199.
There is no charge for this call from your wireless phone.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
127
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
From a landline phone when outside the United States:
Sprint Worldwide Customer Support can be reached from a landline phone at 1-817-698-4199.
Access or connection fees may apply. The toll free numbers below can also be used to contact
Sprint Worldwide Customer Support in the following countries:
Country
Caribbean (Anguilla, Barbados,
Cayman Islands, and Dominica)
France
Germany
Italy
Mexico
Trinidad and Tobago
United Kingdom
From Landline Phone
1-888-226-7212
0800-903200
0800-180-0951
800-787-986
001-877-294-9003
1-800-201-7545
0808-234-6616
Note: This toll free service is available on ordinary landline phones and some public pay
phones. This service does not cover any hotel access charges.
DRAFT
Sprint WorldwideFOR
Wireless Service
128
INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Settings
Use Settings to configure your phone to your preferences.
Access Settings
Settings are arranged on tabs by category, to quickly access options.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings.
2. Tap a tab to access settings by category:

Connections: Connect to wireless networks, including 3G, 4G, and Wi-Fi, and
to other devices.

My device: Personalize your phone, including sounds and the display,
accessibility, and input.

Accounts: Set up accounts on your phone, like your Google and Samsung
accounts, and your email and social networking accounts. You can also set up
backup options.

More: Set permissions for locations and security, and manage your device.
Wi-Fi Settings
Use Wi-Fi settings to control your phone’s connections to Wi-Fi networks, and for using Wi-Fi
Direct to connect directly to other Wi-Fi Direct devices.
Turn Wi-Fi On or Off
When Wi-Fi is turned On, your device will notify you of available Wi-Fi networks, and you can
connect to the Wi-Fi networks. Turn Wi-Fi Off when not in use, to conserve battery power.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On or Off.
Note: You can also turn Wi-Fi On or Off from Notifications. Drag down from the top of the
screen, then tap the Wi-Fi button.
Settings
DRAFT
129
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Configure Wi-Fi Settings
Set up and manage wireless access points.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap Wi-Fi, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On. Wi-Fi must
be On to configure settings.
3. Configure these settings:

Smart mode: Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Smart mode On or Off. When turned
On, Smart mode allows your phone to automatically turn on Wi-Fi and connect to
known Wi-Fi networks. A known Wi-Fi network is one that you previously set up.

Add Wi-Fi network: Connect to a new Wi-Fi network. For more information,
see Wi-Fi.

Scan: Search for available Wi-Fi networks.

Wi-Fi Direct: Connect to other Wi-Fi Direct devices. For more information, see Wi-Fi
Direct.
Other Wi-Fi Settings
Set up and manage wireless access points.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap Wi-Fi, and then tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Wi-Fi On. Wi-Fi must be On to
configure settings.
3. Tap

Settings
to configure these settings:
Advanced:
•
Network notification: When enabled, your phone alerts you when a new Wi-Fi
network is available.
•
Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep: Specify when to switch from Wi-Fi to mobile data
for data communications, when the device goes to sleep (when the backlight
goes out). This setting can affect data usage, and the behavior of devices you
connect to your device, such as when using it as a hotspot.
•
Check for internet service: When enabled, your phone will check for Wi-Fi
Internet service when connected to a Wi-Fi network.
•
Wi-Fi timer: When turned On, your phone will automatically connect or
disconnect from a Wi-Fi network, using the Starting time and Ending times you
set.
DRAFT
130
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
•
MAC address: (Not configurable) View your device’s MAC address, needed for
connecting to some secured networks.
•
IP address: (Not configurable) View your device’s IP address.

WPS push button: Set up a connection to a WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) router or
other equipment.

WPN PIN entry: (Not configurable) View the PIN used by your device to set up a
PIN-secured connection to a Wi-Fi router or other equipment.

Help: Learn about setting up and using Wi-Fi networks, and other settings.
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct allows devices to connect to each other directly via Wi-Fi, without a Wi-Fi network
or hotspot, and without having to set up the connection. For example, your device can use Wi-Fi
Direct to share photos, contacts and other content with other Wi-Fi Direct devices.
and tap
1. Press
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap Wi-Fi, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On. Wi-Fi must
be On to configure Wi-Fi Direct settings.
3. Tap Wi-Fi Direct at the bottom of the screen. Your device automatically scans for
nearby Wi-Fi Direct devices, or you can tap Scan to start scanning.
4. After scanning for devices, select a device, then follow the prompts to complete the
connection.
– or –
Touch Multi-connect to create a connection to devices that support multi-connect.
Touch Scan to search for available multi-connect devices, then select the devices and
follow the prompts to complete the connection.
Bluetooth
Bluetooth is a short-range wireless communications technology for exchanging information over
a distance of about 30 feet. You don’t need to line up the devices to send information with
Bluetooth. If the devices are in range, you can exchange information between them, even if they
are in different rooms.
Your device can use Bluetooth to share photos, contacts and other content with other Bluetooth
devices. Many of the apps on your device provide options for sharing via Bluetooth under
Menu.
Settings
DRAFT
131
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Turn Bluetooth On or Off
When Bluetooth is On, you can scan and find other Bluetooth devices to share information
between the devices. Turn Bluetooth Off when not in use to conserve battery power.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth On or Off.
Note: You can also turn Bluetooth On or Off from Notifications. Drag down from the top of the
screen, then tap the Bluetooth button.
Bluetooth Settings
Pair with other Bluetooth devices, manage your Bluetooth connections, and control your
device’s visibility to other devices.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap Bluetooth, and then tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Bluetooth On. Bluetooth must
be On to configure settings.
3. From the Bluetooth screen, configure these settings:

Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Bluetooth On or Off.

Tap your device’s name to enable or disable visibility to other Bluetooth devices.
When your device is visible, other devices can find your devices during a scan. Your
device remains visible for the period of time set in the Visibility timeout setting.

Tap a paired device to connect to it, or touch
settings.

Tap Scan to search for visible Bluetooth devices. After searching, tap a device to
pair with it.
4. Tap
beside a device to change its
for more settings:

Visibility timeout: Set the length of time your device is visible to other devices when
you turn on visibility.

Received files: View files transferred to your device via Bluetooth.

Help: Learn about Bluetooth, and other settings.
Settings
DRAFT
132
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Data Usage
Monitor data usage, and control your device’s connection to mobile data service.
Note: Data is measured by your phone. Your service provider may account for data usage
differently.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap Data usage to configure options:

Mobile data: Enable or disable Mobile data. You can also control Mobile Data at
Notifications.

Limit mobile data usage: When enabled, your mobile data connection will be
disabled when the specified limit is reached. After enabling the setting, drag the red
limit line on the graph below to set the data usage limit.

Alert me about data usage: When enabled, your device will alert you when mobile
data usage reaches the warning limit you set. After enabling the setting, drag the
orange warning line on the graph below to set the data usage warning limit.

Data usage cycle: Tap the menu, and then choose a time period for data usage.
Data usage for the period displays on the graph, along with usage by application
below.
3. Tap
to set other options:

Restrict background data: Your device is capable of connecting to the network in
the background, for synchronization or other services. When enabled, background
connections will not occur.

Auto sync data: When enabled, your device will synchronize with accounts
automatically, at any time.

Show Wi-Fi usage: When turned On, a separate tab displays data usage while
connected to Wi-Fi.

Mobile hotspots: Select Wi-Fi networks that are mobile hotspots. You can restrict
apps from using these networks, and you can configure apps to warn you before
using these networks for large downloads.
Settings
DRAFT
133
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
More Networks Settings
More networks settings provide additional options for configuring connections between your
phone and the work, or to other devices.
Airplane Mode
Enabling Airplane mode turns off calling, messaging, and data network features. It also turns off
other connectivity features, such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth.
While in airplane mode, you can use other features of your device, such as playing music,
watching videos, or other applications.
To use Wi-Fi and Bluetooth when Airplane mode is enabled, turn them on in Settings, or on the
Notifications panel.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap More networks, and then tap the check box next to Airplane mode to enable or
disable the option.
Note: You can also control Airplane mode from the Device options menu. Press and hold the
Power/Lock Key, then tap Airplane mode.
Mobile Networks
Set options for network selection and data service.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap More networks > Mobile networks.
3. Configure options:

Mobile data: When enabled, your device connects to the mobile data network.

Network mode: Choose a preferred network mode.

Connections optimizer: Configure network operators.
Settings
DRAFT
134
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
VPN
Set up and manage Virtual Private Networks (VPN).
Note: VPN settings include storage of login credentials on your device. You must configure a
screen unlock pattern, PIN or password before setting up a VPN.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap More networks > VPN.
3. Tap
to add a VPN, with these options:

Name: Enter the name of the VPN.

Type: Choose the type of VPN: PPTP, L2TP/IPSec PSK, L2TP/IPSec RSA, IPSec
Xauth PSK, IPSec Xauth RSA, or IPSec Hybrid RSA.

Server address: Enter the VPN server address.

PPP Encryption (MPPE): Tap to enable, if applicable for the VPN.

Show advanced options: Tap to set other options, depending on the type of VPN.
4. Tap Save to save the VPN.
Roaming
When you are outside your home network area, your phone can still connect to other networks
that your provider supports via roaming. There may be additional costs for accessing networks
while roaming, so you may want to control your phone’s roaming behavior with Roaming
settings.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap More networks > Roaming.
3. Configure options:

Roaming network: Select a roaming default, from Home only, to only connect to the
Sprint network, or Automatic, to allow connections to Sprint’s partner networks, if
available.

Roaming settings: Choose options for roaming, including Voice and data for
Domestic CDMA and International CDMA networks, and Data for GSM networks (if
available).
Settings
DRAFT
135
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Roaming guard: Choose options for preventing roaming for certain functions.
Enable or disable roaming access for Voice and data for Domestic CDMA, Voice,
Data and Outgoing SMS for International CDMA networks, and Voice, Data and
Outgoing SMS for GSM networks (if available).
NFC
Use NFC (Near Field Communication) to share information between your device and another
NFC device by touching the devices together, typically back-to-back.
NFC is used with S Beam and Android Beam, and must be turned On to use these features.
Note: Tap
> Help for information about using NFC.
Turn NFC On or Off
Use NFC (Near Field Communication) to share information between your device and another
NFC device or NFC tag, by touching the devices together, typically back-to-back.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside NFC to turn NFC On or Off.
Android Beam
When Android Beam is activated, you can beam app content to another NFC-capable device by
holding the devices close together. You can beam browser pages, YouTube videos, contacts,
and more. The app determines what kind of data is beamed.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap NFC, then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Android Beam to turn Android Beam On
or Off.
S Beam
Share more and share it faster with S Beam. From photos to documents, large video files to
maps, you can share almost anything instantly with one touch, simply by placing your devices
back-to-back.
S Beam uses your device’s NFC (Near Field Communication) feature to send, or “beam”,
content to other NFC devices.
S Beam works in the background. Use the sharing options from your favorite apps to select
content to share via S Beam. For example, you can beam pictures or videos from Gallery, or
songs from Music player. Just bring the devices together (typically back to back), and then tap
the screen.
Settings
DRAFT
136
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Turn S Beam On or Off
When S Beam is turned On, you can send or receive data by touching your device to another
NFC-capable device.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside S Beam to turn S Beam On or Off.
Nearby Devices
Share files with devices using DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) standards, over Wi-Fi.
To use Nearby devices, you must connect to the same Wi-Fi network as the devices you wish to
share with, and the other devices must support DLNA.
Note: Use care when enabling file sharing. When enabled, other devices can access data on
your device.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap Nearby devices to configure these options:

Touch the File sharing check box to enable or disable file sharing.

Under Advanced, touch options to control how content is shared from your device:
Settings
•
Shared contents: Choose the type of content to share, from Videos, Photos, or
Music.
•
Allowed devices list: View and manage a list of devices allowed to connect to
your device.
•
Not-allowed devices list: View and manage a list of devices restricted from
connecting to your device.
•
Download to: Choose a location to save downloaded content, from USB storage
(device memory) or optional installed SD card (not included).
•
Upload from other devices: Choose how to handle incoming files from other
devices, from Always accept, Always ask, or Always reject.
DRAFT
137
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Screen Mirroring
With Screen mirroring, you can share your device’s screen with another device, using an
optional AllShare Cast accessory (not included).
Turn Screen Mirroring On or Off
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections.
2. Tap Screen mirroring, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Screen Mirroring to turn
Screen mirroring On or Off.
Note: Tap
> Help to find instructions for using Screen mirroring to connect to a device.
Kies via Wi-Fi
Use Kies via Wi-Fi to connect to the Kies program on your desktop computer.
Use Samsung’s Kies desktop software to transfer music, contacts, and photos, update software,
and sync wirelessly from your phone or tablet.
For more information, visit: samsung.com/us/kies.
Note: Your device, and the computer with the Kies application, must be connected to the same
Wi-Fi network.
► Press
and tap
> Settings > Connections > Kies via Wi-Fi.
Lock Screen
Configure settings for locking the screen, to improve security.
Screen Lock
Choose a screen lock, to dim and lock the screen.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen > Screen lock.
3. Choose settings:

Swipe: When enabled, you unlock the device by swiping your finger across the
screen. This is the default screen lock, and offers no security, but you can set special
lock screen options.

Face unlock: When enabled, you unlock the device by looking at the screen. This
option offers low security, because someone who looks similar to you could unlock
your device. Tap the option for more information, and to set up Face unlock.
Settings
DRAFT
138
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Face and voice: When enabled, you unlock the device by looking at the screen and
speaking. This option offers low security, because someone who looks and/or
sounds similar to you could unlock your device. Touch the option for more
information, and to set up Face and voice unlock.

Pattern: When enabled, you draw a pattern, which you create, on the screen to
unlock the device. Touch the option, then follow the prompts to create or change
your screen unlock pattern.

PIN: When enabled, you enter a numeric PIN (Personal Identification Number),
which you create, to unlock the device. With PIN screen lock, you can also set the
With swipe lock and Lock screen options.

Password: When enabled, you enter an alphanumeric password, which you create,
to unlock the device.

None: Disable all custom screen lock settings, to use the default swipe unlock
screen.
Lock Screen Options
When you have a screen lock set, you can set Lock screen options. Available options depend
on the type of screen lock.
Multiple Widgets
When Multiple widgets is enabled, more than one widget can be displayed on the lock screen
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Multiple widgets to enable or disable the option.
Lock Screen Widgets
You can choose widgets to display on the lock screen, for easy access to features, even when
the screen is locked.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen > Lock screen widgets to configure these options:

Settings
Favorite apps or Camera: When enabled, you can swipe the lock screen from right
to left to launch either Favorite apps or Camera. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside
Favorite apps or Camera to turn the option On or Off. When you turn the option On,
select Favorite apps or Camera, to make the widget(s) available from the Lock
screen.
DRAFT
139
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Tap Clock or personal message to choose whether to display a Clock, or a
personal message, on the Lock screen. Depending on the option you choose, you
can then customize:
•
Clock widget options: When Clock is selected, tap Dual clock to display a dual
clock when roaming, to show the time in your home network area, and the
current location. You can also set the size of the clock, and set options showing
the date and Owner information.
•
Edit personal information: When Personal message is selected, tap to create a
personal message to display on the lock screen.
Shortcuts
You can choose to have app shortcuts display on the lock screen, and choose the apps to
display. This option is available when the Swipe screen lock is set.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen > Shortcuts to configure options:

Tap the ON/OFF slider beside Shortcuts to turn the option On or Off. The option
must be on to configure apps to display.

Tap default shortcuts to replace them with a new app shortcut you choose.
Make Pattern Visible
When you have a Pattern screen lock set, you can choose whether the pattern is visible briefly
as you draw it on the lock screen. This option is available when the Pattern screen lock is set.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap the check box beside Make pattern visible to turn the
option On or Off.
Lock Automatically
When you have a screen lock set, you can choose a time period for automatically locking the
screen after the screen turns off, or choose to have the screen lock immediately when the
screen turns off.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Lock automatically to choose a time lock setting.
Settings
DRAFT
140
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Lock Instantly With Power Key
When enabled, pressing the Power Key locks the screen immediately.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap the check box beside Lock instantly with power key to
turn the option On or Off.
Unlock Effect
When enabled, swiping your finger across the lock screen displays an effect.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Unlock effect to choose Ripple effect, Light effect, or
None.
Help Text
When enabled, helpful tips display on the lock screen.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Help text to turn the option on or off.
Wake Up In Lock Screen
When enabled, you can press the
Home Key, and then speak a wake-up command to
unlock the screen. This option is available when the Swipe screen lock is set.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Lock screen, and then configure these options:

Wake up in lock screen: Tap to enable or disable the option.

Set wake-up command: When Wake up in lock screen is enabled, set options for
wake-up commands.
Settings
DRAFT
141
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Display
Configure settings for your phone’s display.
Wallpaper
Customize the background of the Home and Lock screens.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display > Wallpaper.
3. Tap a screen to customize, from Home screen, Lock screen, or Home and lock
screens.
4. Choose a source for wallpaper:

Gallery: Select a picture from Gallery. Follow the prompts to crop the picture and
save it as wallpaper.

Live wallpapers: Select a moving scene for the background (Home screen only).

Travel wallpaper: Choose options to display images from the city of your choice
(Lock screen only).

Wallpapers: Choose an image from the Wallpapers gallery.
Notification Panel
Configure options for the Notification panel, available when you swipe your finger down from
Status bar at the top of the screen.
At the top of the Notification panel, you can control settings with the Quick setting buttons.
Choose quick setting buttons in Notification panel settings.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display > Notification panel.
3. Configure settings:

Brightness adjustment: Tap the check box to display a slider for adjusting the
screen brightness on the notification panel.

Set the quick setting buttons: Quick setting buttons display at the top of the
Notification panel, to allow you to set favorite options quickly.
Settings
•
Tap buttons to add or hide the button from the Notification panel.
•
Touch and hold a button, then drag it into a new position in the list.
DRAFT
142
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Screen Mode
Choose a screen mode to match your type of viewing.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap Screen mode to configure these options:

Adapt display: Tap the check box to enable or disable automatic optimization of the
screen to match the type of image being displayed and other criteria, such as battery
level.

When Adapt display is disabled, select a specific screen mode to match the content
you display.
Brightness
Adjust the screen brightness to suit your surroundings, or to your personal preference.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display > Brightness to configure options:

Tap the checkmark next to Automatic brightness to allow the phone to adjust
brightness automatically.

To set a custom brightness level, clear the Automatic brightness checkmark and then
touch and drag the Brightness level.
3. Tap OK to save the settings.
Auto-rotate Screen
When Auto-rotate screen is enabled, the screen automatically updates when you rotate the
phone. See Rotate for more information.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap Auto-rotate screen to enable or disable the setting.
Screen Timeout
Screen timeout lets you select how long the display screen remains lit after you press any key.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and the tap Screen timeout to choose a time period.
Daydream
The Daydream setting controls what the screen displays when the phone is docked, or while
charging. You can choose to display a Colors screen, or display photos stored on your phone.
Settings
DRAFT
143
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap the ON/OFF switch next to Daydream to turn the option On
or Off. When On, you can configure these options:

Colors: Tap the selector to enable or disable display of a colorful screen.

Flipboard: Display pictures from Flipboard. After enabling the option, tap
choose pictures to display.

Photo Table: Tap the selector to enable or disable display of pictures in a photo
table. After enabling the option, tap

to
to choose pictures to display.
Photo frame: Tap the selector to enable or disable display of pictures in a photo
frame. After enabling the option, tap
to choose pictures to display.

Tap Start now to switch to daydream.

Tap Select dream time to choose when daydream displays: While docked, While
charging, or All.
Font Style
You can set the font for all text that displays on the screen.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap Font style to choose a font. Follow the prompts to set it as
the default.
Tip:
To find new fonts, tap Get fonts online to access new fonts in the Google Play Store
app.
Font Size
This option allows you to select which size of font is displayed.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap Font size to select a size.
Settings
DRAFT
144
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Touch Key Light Duration
This feature allows you to set the length of time the
lit after you touch them.
1. Press
and tap
Home Key and
Back Key remain
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap Touch key light duration to choose a duration period.
Show Battery Percentage
The battery charge level displays as an icon in the notification panel by default. This feature
allows you to display the battery icon plus the percentage of remaining charge.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Show battery percentage to enable or
disable the option.
Edit After Screen Capture
When Edit after screen capture is enabled, screen captures you take are automatically opened
for editing.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Edit after screen capture to enable or
disable the option.
Auto Adjust Screen Tone
When Auto adjust screen tone is enabled, your device automatically analyzes the screen and
adjusts the brightness to conserve battery power.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Auto adjust screen tone to enable or
disable the option.
Settings
DRAFT
145
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
LED Indicator
The LED indicator on the front of the device displays when the device is locked, to notify you of
status changes and events. Use LED indicator settings to configure how the LED functions.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap LED indicator, and then tap the check box beside options to enable or disable the
option:

Charging: When enabled, the LED glows red during charging, and green when the
battery is fully charged.

Low battery: When enabled, the LED blinks red to indicate low battery charge.

Notifications: When enabled, the LED blinks orange to show that you have missed
calls, new messages, or application events.

Voice recording: When enabled, the LED glows blue when recording with the
screen turned off.
Sound
Volume
Set the system volume level, and set default volume for call ringtones, notifications, and media
playback.
Note: You can also set System volume from the Home screen by pressing the Volume Key.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap Volume to set volume levels. Drag the sliders to set the
default volume for:

Music, video, games, and other media

Ringtone

Notifications

System
3. Tap OK to save the settings.
Settings
DRAFT
146
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Ringtones
Choose a ringtone for incoming calls.
and tap
1. Press
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap Ringtones to choose a ringtone:

Tap a ringtone to select it. As you tap a ringtone, a sample plays.

Tap Add to choose a music track from Google Music, a sound file from Dropbox, or
use Sound picker to choose a song from Music player.
3. Tap OK to save the setting.
Vibrations
Choose vibrations to play for notifications, such as for incoming calls, new messages, and event
reminders.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap Vibrations to choose a notification tone.
3. Tap a vibration to play a sample and select the sound.
4. Tap Create to create your own custom vibration pattern.
5. Tap OK to save the setting.
Notifications
Choose a sound for notifications, such as for new messages and event reminders.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap Notifications to choose a notification tone.
3. Tap a sound to play a sample and select the sound.
4. Tap OK to save the setting.
Settings
DRAFT
147
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Vibrate When Ringing
When Vibrate when ringing is enabled, a vibration plays for calls and notifications, along with
the ringtone or sound. You can use the Vibration intensity and Vibrations settings to customize
the vibration.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Vibrate when ringing to enable or
disable the option.
Dialing Keypad Tone
When Dialing keypad tone is enabled, tones play when you tap keys on the Phone keypad.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Dialing keypad tone to enable or
disable the option.
Touch Sounds
When Touch sounds is enabled, tones play when you tap or touch the screen to make
selections.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Touch sounds to enable or disable the
option.
Screen Lock Sound
When Screen lock sound is enabled, tones play when you touch the screen to lock or unlock it.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Screen lock sound to enable or disable
the option.
Settings
DRAFT
148
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Emergency Tone
You can choose to have a tone play, or have your phone vibrate, periodically during an
emergency call.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap Emergency tone to select a tone:

Off: No tone or vibration plays during emergency calls.

Alert: A tone plays during emergency calls.

Vibrate: A vibration plays during emergency calls.
Adapt Sound
Find the best sound for you, to use during calls, and for media playback.
Note: This setting uses earphones to ensure the best sound during setup. You must connect
optional earphones (not included) to the phone to configure this setting.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Sound, and then tap Adapt Sound.
3. Read the information about My sound and connect optional earphones (not included).
4. Tap Start, and then follow the prompts to set My sound.
Home Screen Mode
Your phone offers two Home screen modes:
●
Standard mode provides a conventional layout for apps and widgets on the Home
screen.
●
Easy mode provides an easier experience for the first-time smartphone user.
You can choose the Home screen mode at any time.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Home screen mode, and then choose a mode. Touch Apply to save your
selection.
Settings
DRAFT
149
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Call Settings
Configure options for calling with your phone.
Set Up Call Rejection Messages
Create and manage text messages to send to callers when rejecting incoming calls. Messages
you create here are available from the incoming call screen when you use the Reject with
message option.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Set up call rejection messages to manage messages:

To create new messages, tap Create, then follow the prompts.

To modify an existing message, tap the message, then edit the text.
Answering/Ending Calls
Manage settings for answering and ending calls.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Answering/ending calls to configure these options:

The home key answers calls: When enabled, you can answer incoming calls by
pressing the Home key.

Voice control: When turned On, you can answer calls by speaking commands. Tap
the ON/OFF switch to turn Voice control On, then tap Voice control to configure the
Incoming calls option. When enabled, you can answer or reject calls with the voice
commands “Answer” and “Reject”. When you answer a call with a voice command,
the Speaker will automatically turn on for hands-free calls.

The power key ends calls: When enabled, you can end calls by pressing the Power
key. In this case, pressing the power key during a call will not lock the screen.
Turn Off Screen During Calls
When enabled, the screen automatically turns off during phone calls, and the proximity sensor
on the front of the device is used to turn the screen back on when the device is moved or
brought close to another surface, such as when you move the device to your ear.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Turn off screen during calls to enable or disable the setting.
Call Alerts
Set options for sounds and vibrations to occur during calls.
Settings
DRAFT
150
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Call alerts to configure settings:

Vibrate on connection to network: When enabled, your phone will vibrate when a
call connects to the network.

Call-end vibration: When enabled, the phone vibrates when the other caller ends
the call.

Call connect tone: When enabled, the phone plays a tone when the other caller
answers a call.

Minute minder: When enabled, a tone plays once per minute during a call.

Call end tone: When enabled, the device plays a tone when the other caller ends
the call.

Alerts during call: When enabled, notifications for alarms and new messages play
during calls. When disabled, these notifications will be muted during a call.
Call Accessories
Configure options for using a headset.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Call accessories to configure settings:

Automatic answering: When enabled, and you have a headset connected to the
Headset Jack, incoming calls are answered automatically after a delay, which you
can set at Automatic answering timer. Tap to enable or disable the setting.

Automatic answering timer: Choose a time period to delay before automatically
answering an incoming call when Automatic answering is enabled and a headset is
connected to the device. Tap to choose 2 seconds, 5 seconds, or 10 seconds.

Outgoing call conditions: When the device is paired with a Bluetooth headset, you
can choose to make calls even when the device is locked. Tap to choose Even
when device locked, or Only when device unlocked.
Settings
DRAFT
151
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Ringtones And Keypad Tones
Choose tones and vibrations to play for incoming calls and keypad taps.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Ringtones and keypad tones.
3. Configure settings:

Tap Ringtones, and then select a ringtone for incoming calls. Tap OK to save your
selection.

Tap Vibrations, and then select a vibration pattern to play for incoming calls when
the Vibrate when ringing option is enabled. You can tap Create to create a custom
pattern. Tap OK to save the settings.

Tap Vibrate when ringing to play a vibration for incoming calls. The vibration
pattern is set at the Vibrations setting.

Tap the check box next to Keypad tones to enable or disable tones for keypad taps.
Personalize Call Sound
Choose options for call audio, in cases where you might need the sound softer or more clear, or
optimized for your right or left ear.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Personalize call sound.
3. Tap In-call sound EQ to configure the following options:

Off: Use the default call sound settings.

Soft sound: Use softer sounds during calls.

Clear sound: Use clearer sounds during calls.

Adapt Sound left: Optimize audio for the left headphone speaker.

Adapt Sound right: Optimize audio for the right headphone speaker.
4. Tap Adapt sound and then follow the onscreen prompts to find the best sound for you.
Settings
DRAFT
152
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Noise Reduction
When enabled, Noise reduction suppresses background noise from your environment during
calls.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Noise reduction to enable or disable noise reduction.
Increase Volume In Pocket
When enabled, this setting uses the proximity sensor to detect when the device is in a pocket or
other close-fitting location such as a purse or bag, and increases the volume for incoming call
ringtones.
1.
Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box Increase volume in pocket to enable or the
setting.
Us Dialing
When enabled, the US dialing option replaces “+” with the international access code for your
location.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box next to US dialing to enable or disable the setting.
International Dialing
When US dialing is enabled, it uses the International dialing code to replace “+”. US dialing
must be disabled to access the International dialing code.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box next to US dialing to disable the setting. US
dialing must be disabled to access the International dialing setting.
3. Tap International dialing, and then use the keypad to enter the international dialing
code.
4. Tap OK to save the code.
Settings
DRAFT
153
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
TTY Mode
A TTY (teletypewriter, also known as a TDD or Text Telephone) is a telecommunications phone
that allows people who are deaf, hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities,
to communicate by telephone.
Your phone is compatible with select TTY phones. Please check with the manufacturer of your
TTY phone to ensure that it supports digital wireless transmission. Your phone and TTY phone
will connect using a special cable that plugs into your phone’s headset jack. If this cable was not
provided with your TTY phone, contact your TTY phone manufacturer to purchase the
connector cable.
and tap
1. Press
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap TTY mode to choose a mode, from TTY Off, TTY Full, TTY
HCO, or TTY VCO.
DTMF Tones
Set the length of Dual-tone Multi-frequency (DTMF) tones, which play when you use the keypad
during a call, such as when navigating menus.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap DTMF tones to choose a tone length, from Normal, or Long.
Voicemail Settings
Set options for voicemail.
and tap
1. Press
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap Voicemail settings to configure options for voicemail.
Voice Privacy
When enabled, Voice privacy improves the security of voice calls.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box next to Voice privacy to enable or disable
enhanced privacy mode.
Settings
DRAFT
154
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Blocking Mode
When Blocking mode is enabled, notifications for selected features are blocked, and you only
receive the notifications you choose. You can choose to block notifications by feature or contact,
and choose blocking all the time, or during a specific time period.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Blocking mode to enable or disable the setting.
Blocking mode must be enabled to configure options.
3. When Blocking mode is enabled, choose features to block:

Turn off incoming calls: When enabled, notifications for incoming calls will not
display. Tap the check box next to the option to enable or disable it.

Turn off notifications: When enabled, notifications for new messages will not
display. Tap the check box next to the option to enable or disable it.

Turn off alarm and timer: When enabled, notifications for alarms and timers will not
display. Tap the check box next to the option to enable or disable it.

Turn off LED indicator: When enabled, the LED indicator will not light for
notifications, even when the screen is off. Tap the check box next to the option to
enable or disable it.
4. Set a time period for blocking mode:

Tap the check box next to Always, to block notifications at all times.

To set a specific time period to block notifications each day, disable the Always
option, and then set a starting (From field) time and ending time (To field). Tap the
time fields and then set the time.
5. Choose an option for blocking by contact:


Settings
Tap Allowed contacts, and then choose an option:
•
None: Block all notifications, from any contact.
•
All contacts: Allow notifications from any contact.
•
Favorites: Only allow notifications from contacts marked as favorites.
•
Custom: Allow notifications from contacts you specify. Create a list of allowed
contacts by tapping Add, and then selecting contacts from Contacts.
If you have created a Custom list of allowed contacts, you can tap Allowed contact
list to modify the list of allowed contacts. This option is only available when the
Custom list is enabled.
DRAFT
155
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Power Saving Mode
Configure Power saving mode settings to conserve battery power.
and tap
1. Press
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Power saving mode to configure options:

Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Power saving mode to turn the mode On or Off.
Power saving mode must be turned On to configure settings.

CPU power saving: When enabled, the maximum performance of the device’s CPU
(Central Processing Unit) is disabled to conserve battery power. Tap the check box
beside the option to enable or disable it.

Screen power saving: When enabled, the frame refresh rate and brightness level
are reduced to conserve power. Tap the check box beside the option to enable or
disable it.
Note: Tap Learn about Power saving mode to view information about these settings.
Accessory
Configure your device’s behavior when it is connected to an optional dock (not included).
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Accessory to configure settings:

Dock sound: When enabled, a sound plays when you insert and remove the device
from the dock.

Audio output mode: When enabled, audio plays through the dock speakers when
the device is docked.

Desk home screen display: When enabled, displays a special screen when the
device is docked.

Automatic unlock: When enabled, flipping a cover open automatically unlocks the
screen, when no screen lock is enabled.
Settings
DRAFT
156
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Accessibility
Your device offers features to make using the device easier for those with certain physical
disabilities. Use Accessibility settings to configure these features.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Accessibility to configure options:

Tap Auto-rotate screen to enable or disable automatic rotation of the screen when
you rotate the phone.

Tap Screen timeout to set a period of time for the screen to remain lit, after which it
will dim and lock.

Tap Speak passwords to allow the phone to read aloud password information.

Tap Answering/ending calls to accept calls by pressing the
end calls by pressing the Power/Lock Key.

Tap Show shortcut to display a shortcut to the Device options menu. The Device
options menu displays when you press and hold the Power/Lock Key.

Tap Manage accessibility to choose settings for exporting, updating, and sharing
the accessibility settings as a file.

Services:
•

Settings
Home Key or
Tap TalkBack to activate the TalkBack feature and configure options.
Vision:
•
Tap Font size to change the size of the fonts used on the screen. Choose Tiny,
Small, Normal, Large, or Huge.
•
Tap Magnification gestures to control whether your phone recognizes gestures
to pan, and zoom in or out.
•
Tap Negative colors to reverse the display of onscreen colors from White text
on a Black background to Black text on a White background.
•
Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Color adjustment to turn automatic color
adjustment On or Off, and then tap Color adjustment to configure adjustments.
Color adjustment helps adjust the color of the screen if you are color blind or
have difficulty reading the display because of the screen color. Follow the
prompts to fine-tune screen colors.
•
Tap Accessibility shortcut to control whether your device recognizes a gesture
to quickly enable accessibility features. To use the gesture, press and hold the
DRAFT
157
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Power/Lock Key until you hear a sound or feel a vibration, then touch and hold
two fingers on the screen until you hear an audio confirmation.



•
Tap Text-to-speech options to configure options for converting text to speech.
For more information, see Text-to-speech Options.
•
Tap Enhance web accessibility to choose whether to allow apps to install
scripts from Google that make their Web content more accessible.
Hearing:
•
Tap Sound Balance to control the signal sent to the left and right when using
earphones.
•
Tap the check box next to Mono audio to enable stereo audio to be compressed
into a single mono audio stream for use with a single earphone.
•
Tap the check box next to Turn off all sounds to mute every sound made by the
phone during taps, selections, notifications, etc.
•
Tap the check box next to Flash notification to have your phone blink the
Camera flash for notifications.
Mobility:
•
Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Assistant menu to control the display of a
special menu to improve device accessibility for users with reduced dexterity.
After turning the menu On, tap Assistant menu to choose options. Tap Dominant
hand to choose whether the menu displays on the left or right side of the screen,
and tap Edit to choose features to display on the Assistant menu.
•
Tap Tap and hold delay to choose how long your phone waits during a tap and
hold gesture on the screen before continuing with the tap and hold action.
Recognition:
•
Settings
Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Interaction control to control how your phone
interprets motions and screen touches. When Interaction control is On, you can
turn motions and screen timeout on or off. You can also block areas of the
screen from touch interaction. Auto-rotate and hardkey functions (Power/Lock
Key, Volume Key, etc.) will be turned off, and app notifications will only be shown
in the notification panel and status bar.
DRAFT
158
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Language and Input
Use Language and input settings to choose a default language for your phone’s operations, plus
settings for text entry and other inputs.
Choose a Default Language
Choose the language for operating your phone.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Language to select a language.
Set a Default Input Method
The following procedure allows you to select and set the default method you will use when
accessing the keyboard.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Default to select the default input method.
Google Voice Typing Settings
Google voice typing allows you to speak your entries. When you enable Google voice typing, it’s
available for use when you touch a field to enter text.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap the check box next to Google voice typing to
enable or disable the feature.
3. Tap
beside Google voice typing to configure options:

Choose input languages: Select language(s) to use for voice input, or choose
Automatic to let Google decide.

Block offensive words: Tap the check box to control whether Google displays
words generally recognized as offensive.

Download offline speech recognition: Download and install speech recognition
engines, to allow you to use voice input while not connected to the network, such as
during Airplane mode.
Settings
DRAFT
159
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Samsung Keyboard Settings
The Samsung Keyboard is an onscreen QWERTY keyboard, so you can enter text by “typing”
on the keyboard. Samsung keyboard is enabled by default, and you can choose options for
using it.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap
these options:
next to Samsung keyboard to configure

Portrait keyboard types: Choose the default keypad when the screen is in portrait
mode, from QWERTY or 3x4 keyboard (similar to a phone keypad).

Input language: Choose language(s) for use with Samsung keyboard. When you
have more than one language enabled, you can slide your finger on the space bar
while entering text to switch languages.

Predictive text: Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn predictive text On or Off. Predictive
text suggests words matching your text entries, and optionally, complete common
words automatically. Tap Predictive text to configure options:

Settings
•
Personalized data: When enabled, predictive text uses personal language data
you have entered to make better predictions. Samsung keyboard can collect all
the text you enter, including personal data and credit card numbers, in order to
give better prediction results.
•
Learn from Facebook: Log into Facebook to allow your device to learn from
your Facebook postings.
•
Learn from Gmail: Log into Gmail to allow your device to learn from your Gmail
email.
•
Learn from Twitter: Log into Twitter to allow your device to learn from your
Twitter postings.
•
Learn from Messaging: Allow your device to learn from your text and
multimedia messages.
•
Learn from Contacts: Allow your device to learn from your Contacts entries.
•
Clear remote data: Delete your information stored on the personalization server.
•
Clear personal data: Remove all personalized data you have entered.
•
Privacy: Read the privacy policy.
SwiftKey flow: When enabled, you can enter text by sliding your finger across the
keys on the keyboard.
DRAFT
160
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Cursor control: When enabled, you can slide your finger across the keyboard to
move the cursor to begin entering text.

Voice input: When enabled, a voice entry button is displayed on the keyboard.

Advanced:
•
Auto capitalization: When enabled, predictive text automatically capitalizes
words in your text based on common usage, such as at the beginning of
sentences.
•
Auto spacing: When enabled, predictive text automatically inserts spaces
between words.
•
Auto punctuate: When enabled, a period and space are automatically entered
to end a sentence, when you tap the space bar twice.
•
Character preview: When enabled, characters available on the key you touch
display briefly as you enter text.
•
Key-tap sound: When enabled, a sound plays for your key touches.

Help: Learn about Samsung Keyboard.

Reset setting: Return settings to the defaults.
Swype Settings
Swype is a new way to enter text on touch screens. Instead of touching each key individually,
use your finger to trace over the letters of a word. For each word, place your finger on the first
letter and glide to the subsequent letters, lifting on the last letter.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap

Settings
next to Swype to configure these options:
Settings: Set Swype options:
•
Vibrate on keypress: When enabled, the device vibrates for your Swype
touches.
•
Sound on keypress: When enabled, the device plays sounds for your Swype
touches.
•
Pop-up on keypress: When enabled, characters display above keys as you
enter text.
•
Show complete trace: When enabled, Swype displays the trace of each word
until you start the next word.
DRAFT
161
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
•
Auto-capitalization: When enabled, Swype automatically capitalizes the first
word of sentences.
•
Auto-spacing: When enabled, Swype automatically inserts spaces between
words as you complete them.
•
Next word prediction: When enabled, Swype predicts the next word based on
the previous word.
•
Show Voice key: When enabled, a voice entry button is displayed on the
keyboard.

My Words: View and manage words in your Swype dictionary, used for word
completion, suggestions, and spellchecking.

Languages: Choose the current language for Swype, and download new languages.

Gestures: Learn about shortcuts you can use on the keyboard to quickly accomplish
common tasks.

Help: Learn about using Swype.

Updates: Check for updates to Swype, and install them if desired.
Voice Search Settings
Voice Search performs Google searches by speaking the criteria.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Voice Search for these options:

Language: Choose a language for voice searching.

Speech output: Choose options for speech output.

Block offensive words: When enabled, words many people find offensive are not
shown in results of Google voice searches. Offensive words are replaced in results
with a placeholder (####).

Hotword detection: When enabled, you can say “Google” to launch voice search.

Download offline speech recognition: Download speech recognition, to enable
voice input while offline.

Personalized recognition: Enable to have your device improve recognition based
on your speech.
Settings
DRAFT
162
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Google Account dashboard: View and manage your collected data.

Bluetooth headset: Records audio through a Bluetooth headset, when using an
optional Bluetooth headset (not included), paired with your phone.
Text-To-Speech Options
Text-to-speech (TTS) provides audible readout of text, for example, the contents of text
messages and the Caller ID for incoming calls.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Text-to-speech options:

Preferred TTS engine: Select Samsung text-to-speech engine, or Google Textto-speech Engine. Tap

to configure options.
General:
•
Speech rate: Choose a rate for text readouts.
•
Listen to an example: Play an example of speech used for readouts.
Pointer Speed
This feature allows you to adjust the speed of the Mouse/trackpad.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Pointer speed to set the pointer speed. Tap
OK to save your selection.
Motions and Gestures
The Motion settings allow you to set up various Motion activation services.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Motions and gestures to configure features. Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn a
feature On or Off. When a feature is On, tap the feature name to configure options:

Settings
Motion: When On, you can control your device with natural movements, like putting
the device to your ear to call a displayed contact.
•
Direct call: When On, you can lift the device to your ear while viewing a contact
to call the contact.
•
Smart alert: When On, you can lift the phone to receive notifications of missed
calls and notifications that occurred while the device was stationary.
DRAFT
163
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

•
Zoom: When On, you can tilt the phone to zoom in or out when viewing pictures
in Gallery.
•
Move an icon: When On, you can move the phone left or right while touching an
icon to reposition it to another page.
•
Browse an image: When On, you can move the phone in a side-to-side motion
to pan from side to side while viewing an image.
•
Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by
turning the phone screen-side down.
Palm motion: When On, you can control your device by touching the screen with the
palm of your hand.
•

Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by
covering the screen with your hand.
Gyroscope calibration: Follow the prompts to calibrate your phone’s motion
sensors.
Smart Screen
Use Smart screen options to have your phone automatically adjust screen timeout, rotation
when it detects you are looking at the screen, and control scrolling and playback based whether
you are facing the screen.
Smart screen options use the front camera to detect when you are facing the screen. Some
factors that may affect the ability of the front camera to detect your face are:
●
When the phone is not docked or held upright, for example when placed on a table.
●
When the front camera cannot detect your face and eyes.
●
When the front camera is being used for the current application.
●
When the source of light is behind you, or when using the phone in the dark.
Smart Stay
When Smart stay is enabled, the screen will not time out as long as you are looking at it.
When enabled, the Smart stay icon
1. Press
and tap
displays in the Status bar.
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Smart screen, and then tap the check box beside Smart stay to enable or disable
the option.
Note: Tap Smart screen for tips on using the feature.
Settings
DRAFT
164
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Voice Control
When Voice control is turned On, you can use voice commands to control your phone.
Note: If you set the alert type for calls or notifications to vibrate, voice command is not
available.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > My Device.
2. Tap Voice control, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Voice control to turn the
feature On or Off.
3. After you turn the feature On, tap Voice control to set options:

Incoming calls: When enabled, you can answer or reject calls with the voice
commands “Answer” and “Reject”. When you answer a call with the voice command,
the Speaker will automatically be turned on for hands-free talking.

Alarm: When enabled, you can stop or snooze alarms with the voice commands
“Stop” and “Snooze”.

Camera: When enabled, you can take pictures with the voice commands “Smile”,
“Cheese”, “Capture” and “Shoot”.

Music: When enabled, you can control the music player with the voice commands
“Next”, “Previous”, “Pause”, “Play”, “Volume Up”, and “Volume Down”.
Accounts
When you set up accounts on your phone, such as your Google or Samsung accounts, and
your email or social networking accounts, you can synchronize account information between
your phone and the account. Types of information you can synchronize include contacts,
pictures, videos, and other types of files.
You can also set up options for backing up information from your phone to the cloud, and back
up or reset your device.
Add an Account
Add an account to your phone to share information between your phone and the account.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > Accounts.
2. Tap Add account, and then choose a type of account.
3. Follow the prompts to enter your account credentials and complete the account set up.
Settings
DRAFT
165
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Backup Options
Set up a backup account on your phone to save information from your phone to the account.
and tap
1. Press
> Settings > Accounts.
2. Tap an option to configure backup features:



Cloud: Configure options for synchronizing and backing up information.
•
Tap Add account to sign in to your Samsung account, or create a new Samsung
account. You can sync contacts, calendar events, memos, and Internet
shortcuts. You can back up Logs, SMS and MMS messages, and current
wallpaper settings.
•
Tap Link Dropbox account to sign in to your Dropbox account, or set up a new
account, to sync pictures, videos and documents.
Backup and reset: Configure options for backing up data from your phone to a
Google account.
•
Back up my data: Tap the check box to turn On automatic backup to a Google
account, and then set up an account for the backups.
•
Backup account: When Back up my data is turned On, set up a Google account
for backups. You can set up a new Google account, or sign in to an existing
account.
•
Automatic restore: When Back up my data is turned On, you can also turn on
Automatic restore to automatically restore settings and other information from the
backup when you reinstall an app.
Factory data reset: Erase all your information from the phone, and return the
settings to the factory defaults. All data will be erased, and cannot be recovered. A
factory data reset also erases the key for decrypting files stored on an optional
installed memory card, so files on the card cannot be used after the reset.
Location Services
Control apps’ access to your location, and configure location sources.
Some apps may require one or more location services be turned On for full app functionality.
GPS signals may be affected by your surroundings, including:
●
Buildings
●
Tunnels or underground structures
●
Weather conditions
Settings
DRAFT
166
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
●
High-voltage or electromagnetic fields
●
Tinted windows
Note: E911 location service is standard on all mobile phones, to allow sharing of GPS
information with emergency personnel when you make a call to emergency services,
such as 911.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Location services to set these options:

Access to my location: Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn location services On or Off.
When On, you are allowing Google’s location service to collect anonymous location
data. Some data may be stored on your device, and collection may occur even when
no apps are running.

Location sources: When Access to my location is turned On, select sources for
location information.
•
Use GPS satellites: When enabled, your phone obtains location information
from GPS satellites.
•
Use wireless networks: When enabled, your phone obtains location information
from Wi-Fi and/or wireless networks.
•
My places: Set up places you visit frequently, to make the locations available for
use with services or apps that require location information. Tap Home, Office, or
Car, and then follow the prompts to configure options for identifying the location.
Tap
to set up a different location.
Security
Configure options for securing information on your phone.
Settings
DRAFT
167
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Encryption
You can encrypt accounts, settings, downloaded apps and their data, media, and other files.
After encryption, you must enter the PIN or password you set each time you turn on your phone.
You can also encrypt information stored on an optional installed memory card (not included).
Encryption may take an hour or more to complete. Start with a charged battery, and keep the
device on the charger until encryption is complete. Interrupting the encryption process may
result in the loss of some or all data.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Security, and then tap an option:

Encrypt device: Tap Set screen lock type to start, and then follow the prompts to
encrypt information.

Encrypt external SD card: Tap Set screen lock type to start, and then follow the
prompts to encrypt information.
Passwords
Use the Make passwords visible setting to briefly display password characters as you enter
them into password fields.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Security, and then tap the check box beside Make passwords visible to enable or
disable the setting.
Device Administration
Some applications, such as Corporate email, may require you allow access to your device by
device administrators in certain circumstances, such as if your device is lost or stolen.
Some features a device administrator might control include:
●
Setting the number of failed password attempts before the device is restored to factory
settings.
●
Automatically locking the device.
●
Restoring factory settings on the device.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Security, and then tap an option:

Settings
Device administrators: Tap to view, add, or remove device administrators.
DRAFT
168
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Unknown sources: Tap the check box to enable or disable your phone’s ability to
install apps from sources other than Google Play Store.

Verify apps: Tap the check box to enable or disable a warning before installing apps
that may cause harm.
Credential Storage
You can install credentials from an optional installed memory card (not included), and use the
Credential storage settings to allow applications to access the security certificates and other
credentials.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Security, and then tap an option:

Trusted credentials: Tap to view credentials you’ve installed.

Install from device storage: Tap to install encrypted certificates from an optional
installed memory card (not included).

Clear credentials: Tap to clear stored credentials and reset the password (only
available when credentials are installed).
Application Manager
You can download and install applications from the Google Play Store or Samsung Apps, or
create applications using the Android SDK and install them on your device. Use Application
manager to manage applications on your device.
Warning!
1. Press
Because this device can be configured with system software not provided by or
supported by Google or any other company, end-users operate these devices at
their own risk.
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Application manager, and then tap Downloaded, Running, or All to view the
status of apps and services. Tap an app or service for more information, and for app
options, such as stopping and uninstalling.
Battery
See what’s using battery power.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Battery to view battery usage for apps and services. Tap an item for more
information, or to configure options for managing power use.
Settings
DRAFT
169
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Storage
Manage the use of memory resources in your phone’s Device memory, and on an optional
installed memory card (not included).
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Storage to view information about memory usage, and for other options:

Device memory: View memory usage for the different types of information stored on
your phone’s memory. Tap an item for more information.

SD card: View memory usage for the different types of information stored on an
optional installed memory card.
•
Mount SD card: Prepare the card for use as storage in the phone. This option is
only available if an optional memory card is installed, and is not already mounted.
Usually, your phone mounts a memory card as soon as you install it.
•
Unmount SD card: Prepare an installed optional memory card for safe removal
or formatting.
•
Format SD card: Permanently remove all content from an optional installed
memory card. After formatting, the content cannot be retrieved.
Date and Time
By default, your device receives date and time information from the wireless network. When you
are outside network coverage, you may want to set date and time information manually using
the Date and time settings.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Date and time to configure settings:

Automatic date and time: When enabled, the device takes date and time updates
from the wireless network.

Set date: Enter the current date (only available when Automatic date and time is
disabled).

Set time: Enter the current time (only available when the Automatic setting is
disabled).

Automatic time zone: When enabled, the device takes the time zone from the
wireless network.

Select time zone: Choose your local time zone (only available when the Automatic
setting is disabled).
Settings
DRAFT
170
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Use 24-hour format: Set the format for time displays.

Select date format: Set the format for date displays.
Activate This Device
Connect to the network and activate your device. If your device is already activated, use this
option to view information about your plan and usage.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap Activate this device, and then follow the prompts to activate your device on the
network.
System Update
Use System update options to update your phone’s internal software.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap System Update to use these options:

Update PRL: Download and the latest Preferred Roaming List (PRL), used by your
phone to access the network.

Update Profile: Update the user profile related to your wireless service account. If
you choose to change your user name online, use this option to update the user
name on your phone.

Update Samsung Software: Upgrade to the latest software available for your
device.

Update Firmware: Update your phone’s firmware. Follow the prompts to download
and install the update.

UICC Unlock: Unlock your device’s Universal Integrated Circuit Card.
About Device
View information about your device, including status, legal information, hardware and software
versions, and a tutorial.
1. Press
and tap
> Settings > More.
2. Tap About device, and then tap items for more details:

Software version: View your phone’s software version.

Hardware version: View the hardware version of your device.
Settings
DRAFT
171
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY

Status: View information about your device’s current status.

Legal information: Display open source licenses, configure license settings,
including your DivX® VOD registration, and Google info.

Device name: View your device’s name, and enter a new name if desired.

Model number: View your device’s model number.

Android version: View the firmware version of your device.

Baseband version: View the baseband version of your device.

Kernel version: View the kernel version of your device.

Build number: View the build number of your device.

SELinux status: View your device’s current status.

Secure boot status: View your device’s secure boot status.
Settings
DRAFT
172
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Index
3-Way Calling, 31
4G Services, 80
Accessibility, 157
Settings, 157
Account
Manage, 6
Services, 7
Account Passwords, 6
Accounts, 46
Email, 48
Gmail, 47
Google, 46
Social Network, 62
Activation, 3
Alarm & Timer, 104
Android Beam, 136
Answer a Call, 29
Applications, 65
Back Key, 10
Battery
Display percentage indicator, 145
Install, 2
Bluetooth, 93, 111
Connect to a Car Kit, 111
Receive Information, 115
Send Information, 113
Unpair, 113
Brightness, 143
Browser, 82
Calculator, 104
Call Forwarding, 32
Call Waiting, 31
Caller ID, 31
Camera, 10, 83
Settings, 86
Clock, 104
Contacts, 38
Add, 40
Adding Entries to Your Favorites, 43
Edit, 41
Index
Groups, 43
Make call from, 28
Save a Number, 41
Share, 44
Corporate Email
Creation, 50
Cover release, 10
Data, 82
Data Services, 79
Password, 6
Data Usage, 133
Date and Time
Settings, 170
Display
Show battery percentage, 145
Display Settings, 142
DivX, 65
Drag, 15
Dropbox, 105
Earpiece, 9
Editing Text, 26
Email, 48
Compose, 51
Corporate Accounts, 50
Email Message
Make call from, 28
Emergency Numbers, 28
Enhanced 911 (E911), 29
Enter Text, 22
Entertainment, 83
Extended Home Screen, 20
Favorites, 43
Files
Transfer between phone and computer,
117
Flash, 10, 175
Flick, 16
Front camera, 9
Gestures, 14
Global Roaming Mode, 121
DRAFT
173
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Gmail, 47
Google
Local, 68
Settings, 106
Sign in, 47
Voice Typing, 22
Google Checkout, 67
Google Maps, 68
Google Messenger, 62
Google Navigation, 69
Google Now, 106
Google Play Movies & TV, 72
Google Play Music, 69
Google Play Store, 66
Install an App, 66
Google Talk, 64
Google Voice Typing, 159
Configuring, 23
Using, 23
Google+, 63, 93
Group
Creating a New Group, 43
Headset Jack, 10
Help, 106
Home Key, 10
Home Screen, 18
Extended, 20
Shortcuts, 18
Widgets, 20
In-call Options, 32
Incoming Call
Answer, 29
Reject, 29
Infrared transmitter, 10
International Data Roaming, 124
Keyboard, 160, 161
Samsung, 160, 161
Language and Input, 159
LED indicator, 9
Light sensor, 9
Local, 68
Maps
Google, 68
Menu Key, 10
Index
Messaging, 46, 56
Options, 60
Microphones, 10
MMS Messaging, 56
Motion
Settings, 163
Music, 69
Google Play Music, 69
Player, 70
Sprint Music Plus, 70
My Files, 109
Navigation, 68
Local, 68
Notification Icons, 22
Phone, 27
Layout, 9
Navigation, 14
Phone calls
Using contacts, 28
Phone Calls
Emergency numbers, 28
From email messages, 28
From text messages, 28
Make calls, 27
Receive, 29
Using phone keypad, 27
Using recent calls, 27
Picasa, 93
Pinch, 17
Play Store, 66
Plus (+) Code Dialing, 122
Power Key, 10
Power On, 11
Proximity sensor, 9
Recent Calls
Clear, 37
Make call from, 27
View, 36
Reject Incoming Call, 29
Rotate, 16
S Beam, 136
S Memo, 107
Creating, 107
S Voice, 109
DRAFT
174
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Samsung Keyboard, 160, 161
SD Card, 116
Remove, 116
Settings, 129
Accessibility, 157
Data Usage, 133
Display, 142
Language and Input, 159
Motion, 163
Wi-Fi, 129
Setup Application, 4
SIM Card, 120
Slide, 15
SMS
Messaging, 56
Social Network Accounts, 62
Speaker, 10
Speed Dialing, 33
Spread, 17
Sprint 411, 7
Sprint Operator Services, 8
Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service, 120
Status Icons, 21
Swipe, 15
Text Editing, 26
Text Entry, 22
Text Input
Methods, 22
Text Messaging, 56
Make call from, 28
Text-To-Speech, 163
Tools, 100
Index
Touch, 14
Touch and Hold, 14
Touchscreen
Turn off, 11
Turn on, 11
TripAdvisor, 69
Turn Device On, 11
Typing, 22
Update
Firmware, 118
USB Charger/Accessory port, 10
Videos
Record, 84
Sharing, 92
Voice Recorder, 110
Voice Search
Settings, 162
Voice Services, 109
Voice Typing, 22
Configuring, 23
Using, 23
Voicemail, 34
International, 123
Notification, 35
Password, 6
Setup, 5
VPN, 80, 135
Web, 77
Wi-Fi, 77
Settings, 129
YouTube, 64, 94
Zoom, 17
DRAFT
175
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 1 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Important Information for the
for the SPH-L520
Important Safety Information – page 8
Manufacturer’s Warranty – page 50
General Terms and Conditions of Service – page 75
Important Message From Sprint – page 118
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 2 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Intellectual Property
All Intellectual Property, as defined below,
owned by or which is otherwise the property of
Samsung or its respective suppliers relating to
the SAMSUNG Phone, including but not limited
to, accessories, parts, or software relating there
to (the “Phone System”), is proprietary to
Samsung and protected under federal laws,
state laws, and international treaty provisions.
Intellectual Property includes, but is not limited
to, inventions (patentable or unpatentable),
patents, trade secrets, copyrights, software,
computer programs, and related
documentation and other works of authorship.
You may not infringe or otherwise violate the
rights secured by the Intellectual Property.
Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will
not attempt to) modify, prepare derivative works
of, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble,
or otherwise attempt to create source code from
the software. No title to or ownership in the
Intellectual Property is transferred to you. All
applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall
remain with SAMSUNG and its suppliers.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 3 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Open Source Software
Some software components of this product
incorporate source code covered under GNU
General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser
General Public License (LGPL), OpenSSL
License, BSD License and other open source
licenses. To obtain the source code covered
under the open source licenses, please visit:
http://opensource.samsung.com.
Disclaimer of Warranties; Exclusion of
Liability
EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS
WARRANTY CONTAINED ON THE
WARRANTY PAGE ENCLOSED WITH THE
PRODUCT, THE PURCHASER TAKES THE
PRODUCT "AS IS", AND SAMSUNG MAKES
NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO
THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE
PRODUCT OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE; THE
DESIGN, CONDITION OR QUALITY OF THE
PRODUCT; THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 4 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
PRODUCT; THE WORKMANSHIP OF THE
PRODUCT OR THE COMPONENTS
CONTAINED THEREIN; OR COMPLIANCE OF
THE PRODUCT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS
OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION OR
CONTRACT PERTAINING THERETO. NOTHING
CONTAINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL
SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE AN
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE
PRODUCT. IN ADDITION, SAMSUNG SHALL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR
USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM
THE BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY,
INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF
ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR BENEFITS.
Modification of Software
SAMSUNG IS NOT LIABLE FOR
PERFORMANCE ISSUES OR
INCOMPATIBILITIES CAUSED BY YOUR
EDITING OF REGISTRY SETTINGS, OR YOUR
MODIFICATION OF OPERATING SYSTEM
SOFTWARE.
USING CUSTOM OPERATING SYSTEM
SOFTWARE MAY CAUSE YOUR DEVICE AND
APPLICATIONS TO WORK IMPROPERLY.
YOUR CARRIER MAY NOT PERMIT USERS TO
DOWNLOAD CERTAIN SOFTWARE, SUCH AS
CUSTOM OS.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 5 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
SAFE™ (Samsung Approved For
Enterprise)
SAFE™: "SAFE™" (Samsung for Enterprise) is a
mark for a Samsung device which has been
tested against Samsung's own internal criteria
for interoperability with certain third party
security-related solutions for MDM and VPN.
The testing includes field testing with local
network connection and menu tree testing
which tests functionality of the solutions in
conjunction with the Samsung device. During
the testing, the device is tested with the security
solutions to see if the solutions work with the
device as described by the third party security
solution providers. The testing, for example,
includes field testing with local network
connection and menu tree testing which tests
functionality of the solutions in conjunction with
the Samsung device. For more information
about Samsung's SAFE™ program, please refer
to www.samsung.com/us/safe.
Disclaimer of Warranties: EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THEIR STANDARD
END USER LICENSE AND WARRANTY, TO
THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW
SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.,
SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AMERICA, LLC, AND THEIR AFFILIATES
(COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREIN AS
THE "SAMSUNG ENTITIES") EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 6 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
INTEROPERABILITY OR NON-INFRINGEMENT,
WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SECURITY PROTECTION,
SAFE™ DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS TESTED
WITH SAFE™ DEVICES. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE SAMSUNG ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT
TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY
PROTECTION, SAFE™ DEVICES OR
APPLICATIONS TESTED WITH SAFE™
DEVICES. In addition, information technology
security protection will be affected by features or
functionality associated with, among other
things the e-mail platform, master data
management, and virtual private network
solutions selected by the software provider,
solution provider or user. Choice of an e-mail,
master data management, and virtual private
network solution is at the sole discretion of the
software provider, solution provider or user and
any associated effect on information technology
security protection is solely the responsibility of
the software provider, solution provider or user.
For complete statement of limited warranty,
please refer to www.samsung.com/us/safe,
available on the web and where Samsung
smartphone and Galaxy Tab™ devices are sold.
[101212]
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 7 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Samsung Telecommunications America
(STA), LLC
Headquarters:
1301 E. Lookout Drive
Richardson, TX 75082
Customer Care Center:
1000 Klein Rd.
©
2013 Samsung Telecommunications America,
LLC. Samsung is a registered trademark of
Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Do you have questions about your Samsung
Mobile Device?
For 24 hour information and assistance, we
offer a new FAQ/ARS System (Automated
Response System) at:
www.samsung.com/us/support
Plano, TX 75074
Toll Free Tel: 1.888.987.HELP (4357)
Internet Address:
http://www.samsung.com
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 8 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Important Safety
Information
This device is capable of operating in Wi-Fi™
mode in the 2.4 and 5 GHz bands. The FCC
requires that devices operating within 5.155.25 GHz may only be used indoors, not
outside, in order to avoid interference with
Mobile Satellite Services (MSS). Therefore, this
device is restricted from being used outdoors
when operating in frequencies between 5.155.25 GHz.
This section outlines the safety precautions
associated with using your phone. The terms
“mobile device” or “cell phone” are used in this
section to refer to your phone. Read this
information before using your mobile
device.
Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
has published information for consumers
relating to Radio Frequency (RF) exposure from
wireless phones. The FDA publication includes
the following information:
Do cell phones pose a health hazard?
Many people are concerned that cell phone
radiation will cause cancer or other serious
health hazards. The weight of scientific
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 9 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
evidence has not linked cell phones with any
health problems.
Cell phones emit low levels of Radio Frequency
(RF) energy. Over the past 15 years, scientists
have conducted hundreds of studies looking at
the biological effects of the radio frequency
energy emitted by cell phones. While some
researchers have reported biological changes
associated with RF energy, these studies have
failed to be replicated. The majority of studies
published have failed to show an association
between exposure to radio frequency from a
cell phone and health problems.
The low levels of RF cell phones emit while in
use are in the microwave frequency range. They
also emit RF at substantially reduced time
intervals when in the stand-by mode. Whereas
high levels of RF can produce health effects (by
heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that
does not produce heating effects causes no
known adverse health effects.
The biological effects of radio frequency energy
should not be confused with the effects from
other types of electromagnetic energy.
Very high levels of electromagnetic energy,
such as is found in X-rays and gamma rays,
can ionize biological tissues. Ionization is a
process where electrons are stripped away from
their normal locations in atoms and molecules.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 10 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
It can permanently damage biological tissues
including DNA, the genetic material.
The energy levels associated with radio
frequency energy, including both radio waves
and microwaves, are not great enough to cause
ionization of atoms and molecules. Therefore,
RF energy is a type of non-ionizing radiation.
Other types of non-ionizing radiation include
visible light, infrared radiation (heat), and other
forms of electromagnetic radiation with relatively
low frequencies.
While RF energy does not ionize particles, large
amounts can increase body temperatures and
cause tissue damage. Two areas of the body,
the eyes and the testes, are particularly
vulnerable to RF heating because there is
relatively little blood flow in them to carry away
excess heat.
Research Results to Date: Is there a connection
between RF and certain health problems?
The results of most studies conducted to date
say no. In addition, attempts to replicate and
confirm the few studies that have shown a
connection have failed.
The scientific community at large therefore
believes that the weight of scientific evidence
does not show an association between
exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) from cell
phones and adverse health outcomes. Still the
scientific community has supported additional
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
10
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 11 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
research to address gaps in knowledge. Some
of these studies are described below.
Interphone Study
Interphone is a large international study
designed to determine whether cell phones
increase the risk of head and neck cancer. A
report published in the International Journal of
Epidemiology (June, 2010) compared cell
phone usage for more than 5,000 people with
brain tumors (glioma and meningioma) and a
similar number of healthy controls.
Results of this study did NOT show that cell
phones caused brain cancer. In this study, most
people had no increased risk of brain cancer
from using cell phones. For people with the
heaviest use of cell phones (an average of
more than ½ hour per day, every day, for over
10 years) the study suggested a slight increase
in brain cancer. However, the authors
determined that biases and errors prevented
any conclusions being drawn from this data.
Additional information about Interphone can be
found at
http://www.iarc.fr/en/media-centre/pr/2010/pdfs/
pr200_E.pdf.
Interphone is the largest cell phone study to
date, but it did not answer all questions about
cell phone safety. Additional research is being
conducted around the world, and the FDA
continues to monitor developments in this field.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
11
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 12 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
International Cohort Study on Mobile Phone Users
(COSMOS)
The COSMOS study aims to conduct long-term
health monitoring of a large group of people to
determine if there are any health issues linked
to long-term exposure to radio frequency
energy from cell phone use. The COSMOS
study will follow approximately 300,000 adult
cell phone users in Europe for 20 to 30 years.
Additional information about the COSMOS
study can be found at
http://www.ukcosmos.org/index.html.
Risk of Brain Cancer from Exposure to Radio
Frequency Fields in Childhood and Adolescence
(MOBI-KIDS)
MOBI-KIDS is an international study
investigating the relationship between exposure
to radio frequency energy from communication
technologies including cell phones and brain
cancer in young people. This is an international
multi-center study involving 14 European and
non-European countries. Additional information
about MOBI-KIDS can be found at
http://www.creal.cat/programes-recerca/
en_projectes-creal/view.php?ID=39.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
12
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 13 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER)
Program of the National Cancer Institute
The National Cancer Institute (NCI) actively
follows cancer statistics in the United States to
detect any change in rates of new cases for
brain cancer. If cell phones play a role in risk for
brain cancer, rates should go up, because
heavy cell phone use has been common for
quite some time in the U.S. Between 1987 and
2005, the overall age-adjusted incidence of
brain cancer did not increase. Additional
information about SEER can be found at
http://seer.cancer.gov/.
Cell Phone Industry Actions
Although the existing scientific data do not
justify FDA regulatory actions, the FDA has
urged the cell phone industry to take a number
of steps, including the following:
● Support-needed research on possible
biological effects of RF for the type of signal
emitted by cell phones;
● Design cell phones in a way that minimizes
any RF exposure to the user; and
● Cooperate in providing users of cell phones
with the current information on cell phone
use and human health concerns.
The FDA also is working with voluntary
DRAFT For Internal
Use
Only
standard-setting
bodies
such as the Institute of
13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 14 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), the
International Commission on Non-Ionizing
Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), and others to
assure that safety standards continue to
adequately protect the public.
Reducing Exposure: Hands-Free Kits and
Other Accessories
Steps to Reduce Exposure to Radio Frequency
Energy
If there is a risk from being exposed to radio
frequency energy (RF) from cell phones - and
at this point we do not know that there is - it is
probably very small. But, if you are concerned
about avoiding even potential risks, you can
take a few simple steps to minimize your RF
exposure.
● Reduce the amount of time spent using your
cell phone;
● Use speaker mode or a headset to place
more distance between your head and the
cell phone.
Hands-Free Kits
Hands-free kits may include audio or
Bluetooth® headsets and various types of
body-worn accessories such as belt-clips and
holsters. Combinations of these can be used to
reduce RF energy absorption from cell phones.
Headsets can substantially reduce exposure
DRAFT For Internal
Only
because theUse
phone is held
away from the head
14
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 15 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
in the user's hand or in approved body-worn
accessories. Cell phones marketed in the U.S.
are required to meet RF exposure compliance
requirements when used against the head and
against the body.
Because there are no known risks from
exposure to RF emissions from cell phones,
there is no reason to believe that hands-free kits
reduce risks. Hands-free kits can be used for
convenience and comfort. They are also
required by law in many states if you want to
use your phone while driving.
Cell Phone Accessories that Claim to Shield the Head
from RF Radiation
Because there are no known risks from
exposure to RF emissions from cell phones,
there is no reason to believe that accessories
which claim to shield the head from those
emissions reduce risks. Some products that
claim to shield the user from RF absorption use
special phone cases, while others involve
nothing more than a metallic accessory
attached to the phone.
Studies have shown that these products
generally do not work as advertised. Unlike
“hands-free” kits, these so-called “shields” may
interfere with proper operation of the phone.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
15
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 16 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
The phone may be forced to boost its power to
compensate, leading to an increase in RF
absorption.
Children and Cell Phones
The scientific evidence does not show a danger
to any users of cell phones from RF exposure,
including children and teenagers. The steps
adults can take to reduce RF exposure apply to
children and teenagers as well.
● Reduce the amount of time spent on the cell
phone;
● Use speaker mode or a headset to place
more distance between the head and the cell
phone.
Some groups sponsored by other national
governments have advised that children be
discouraged from using cell phones at all. For
example, The Stewart Report from the United
Kingdom made such a recommendation in
December 2000. In this report, a group of
independent experts noted that no evidence
exists that using a cell phone causes brain
tumors or other ill effects. Their
recommendation to limit cell phone use by
children was strictly precautionary; it was not
based on scientific evidence that any health
hazard exists.
Additional information on the safety of RF
exposures from various sources can be
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
16
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 17 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
obtained from the following organizations
(updated 10/1/2010):
● World Health Organization (WHO):
http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/.
● FCC RF Safety Program:
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/.
● International Commission on Non-Ionizing
Radiation Protection:
http://www.icnirp.de.
● Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):
http://www.epa.gov/radtown/wirelesstech.html.
● Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA):
http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/
radiofrequencyradiation/.
(Note: This web address is case sensitive.)
● National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH):
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/.
● Health Protection Agency:
http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/.
● US Food and Drug Administration:
http://www.fda.gov/RadiationEmittingProducts/
RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/
HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/
default.htm.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
17
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 18 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
Certification Information
Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and
receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to
exceed the exposure limits for Radio Frequency
(RF) energy set by the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) of the
U.S. Government.
These FCC RF exposure limits are derived from
the recommendations of two expert
organizations: the National Council on
Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP)
and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers (IEEE). In both cases, the
recommendations were developed by scientific
and engineering experts drawn from industry,
government, and academia after extensive
reviews of the scientific literature related to the
biological effects of RF energy.
The RF exposure limit set by the FCC for
wireless mobile phones employs a unit of
measurement known as the Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR is a measure
of the rate of absorption of RF energy by the
human body expressed in units of watts per
kilogram (W/kg). The FCC requires wireless
phones to comply with a safety limit of 1.6 watts
per kilogram (1.6 W/kg).
The FCC SAR limit incorporates a substantial
margin of safety to give additional protection to
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
18
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 19 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
the public and to account for any variations in
measurements.
SAR tests are conducted using standard
operating positions accepted by the FCC with
the phone transmitting at its highest certified
power level in all tested frequency bands.
Although the SAR is determined at the highest
certified power level, the actual SAR level of the
phone while operating can be well below the
maximum reported value. This is because the
phone is designed to operate at multiple power
levels so as to use only the power required to
reach the network. In general, the closer you are
to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the
power output of the phone.
Before a new model phone is available for sale
to the public, it must be tested and certified to
the FCC that it does not exceed the SAR limit
established by the FCC. Tests for each model
phone are performed in positions and locations
(e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as
required by the FCC. For body-worn operation,
this phone has been tested and meets FCC RF
exposure guidelines when used with an
accessory that contains no metal and that
positions the mobile device a minimum of
1.0 cm from the body.
Use of other accessories may not ensure
compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines.
The FCC has granted an Equipment
Authorization for this mobile phone with all
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
19
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 20 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance
with the FCC RF exposure guidelines.
The maximum SAR values for this model
phone as reported to the FCC are:
Head: 0.00 W/Kg
Body-worn: 0.00 W/Kg
The SAR information for this device can also
be found on Samsung’s website:
http://www.samsung.com/sar.
SAR information on this and other model
phones can be accessed online on the FCC's
website through http://transition.fcc.gov/oet/
rfsafety/sar.html. To find information that pertains
to a particular model phone, this site uses the
phone FCC ID number which is usually printed
somewhere on the case of the phone.
Sometimes it may be necessary to remove the
battery pack to find the number. Once you have
the FCC ID number for a particular phone,
follow the instructions on the website and it
should provide values for typical or maximum
SAR for a particular phone. Additional SAR
information can also be obtained at
http://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/specificabsorption-rate-sar-cellular-telephones.
FCC Part 15 Information to User
Pursuant to part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, you are
cautioned that changes or modifications not
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
20
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 21 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
expressly approved by Samsung could void
your authority to operate the device.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a Class B
digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC
Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may
cause harmful interference to radio
communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference
will not occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to
radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and
on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following
measures:
● Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
21
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 22 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
● Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
● Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the receiver
is connected.
● Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/
TV technician for help.
Commercial Mobile Alerting System
("CMAS")
This device is also designed to receive CMAS
alerts, known as Personal Localized Alerting
Network ("PLAN") alerts. If your wireless
provider has chosen to participate in CMAS/
PLAN, alerts may be available while in the
provider's coverage area. If you travel outside
your provider's coverage area, alerts may not be
available. For more information, please contact
your wireless provider.
Smart Practices While Driving
On the Road - Off the Phone
The primary responsibility of every driver is the
safe operation of his or her vehicle.
Responsible drivers understand that no
secondary task should be performed while
driving whether it be eating, drinking, talking to
passengers, or talking on a mobile phone unless the driver has assessed the driving
conditions and is confident that the secondary
task will not interfere with their primary
responsibility. Do not engage in any activity
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
22
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 23 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
while driving a moving vehicle which may
cause you to take your eyes off the road or
become so absorbed in the activity that
your ability to concentrate on the act of
driving becomes impaired. Samsung is
committed to promoting responsible driving
and giving drivers the tools they need to
understand and address distractions.
Before answering calls, consider your
circumstances. Let the call go to voicemail
when driving conditions require. Remember,
driving comes first, not the call!
Check the laws and regulations on the use
of mobile devices and their accessories in
the areas where you drive. Always obey
them. The use of these devices may be
prohibited or restricted in certain areas.
For example, only hands-free use may be
permitted in certain areas.
● Place calls when you are not moving;
If you consider a call necessary and
appropriate, follow these tips:
● Use a hands-free device;
● Secure your phone within easy reach;
● Plan calls when your car will be stationary;
● Do not engage in stressful or emotional
conversations;
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
23
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 24 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
● Let the person with whom you are speaking
know that you are driving and will suspend
the call if necessary;
● Do not take notes or look up phone numbers
while driving;
Notice regarding legal restrictions on mounting
this device in an automobile:
Laws in some states may prohibit mounting this
device on or near the windshield of an
automobile. In other states, the law may permit
mounting this device only in specific locations
in the automobile. Be sure to consult the state
and local laws or ordinances where you drive
before mounting this device in an automobile.
Failure to comply with these restrictions could
result in fines, penalties, or other damages.
Never mount this device in a manner that will
obstruct the driver's clear view of the street and
traffic.
Never use wireless data services such as
text messaging, Web browsing, or e-mail
while operating a vehicle.
Never watch videos, such as a movie or
clip, or play video games while operating a
vehicle.
For more information, go to http://www.ctia.org.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
24
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 25 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Battery Use and Safety
Important! Handle and store batteries
properly to avoid injury or
damage. Most battery issues arise
from improper handling of batteries
and, particularly, from the continued
use of damaged batteries.
● Do not disassemble, crush, puncture,
shred, or otherwise attempt to change
the form of your battery. Do not put a high
degree of pressure on the battery. This can
cause leakage or an internal short-circuit,
resulting in overheating.
● Do not let the phone or battery come in
contact with liquids. Liquids can get into
the phone's circuits, leading to corrosion.
Even when the phone appears to be dry and
appears to operate normally, the circuitry
could slowly corrode and pose a safety
hazard. If the phone and/or battery get wet,
have them checked by your service provider
or contact Samsung, even if they appear to
be working properly.
● Do not place your battery in or near a
heat source. Excessive heating can
damage the phone or the battery and could
cause the phone or the battery to explode.
Do not dry a wet or damp battery with an
appliance or heat source such as a
microwave oven, hair dryer, iron, or radiator.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
25
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 26 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Avoid leaving your phone in your car in high
temperatures.
● Do not dispose of the phone or the
battery in a fire. The phone or the battery
may explode when overheated.
● Do not handle a damaged or leaking
battery. Do not let leaking battery fluid come
in contact with your eyes, skin or clothing. For
safe disposal options, contact your nearest
Samsung-authorized service center.
● Avoid dropping the cell phone. Dropping
the phone or the battery, especially on a hard
surface, can potentially cause damage to the
phone and battery. If you suspect damage to
the phone or battery, take it to a service
center for inspection.
● Never use any charger or battery that is
damaged in any way.
● Do not allow the battery to touch metal
objects. Accidental short-circuiting can occur
when a metallic object (coin, key, jewelry, clip,
or pen) causes a direct connection between
the + and - terminals of the battery (metal
strips on the battery), for example when you
carry a spare battery in a pocket or bag.
Short-circuiting the terminals may damage
the battery or the object causing the
short-circuiting.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
26
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 27 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Important! Use only Samsung-approved
batteries, and recharge your battery
only with Samsung-approved
chargers which are specifically
designed for your phone.
WARNING!
Use of a non-Samsung-approved battery
or charger may present a risk of fire,
explosion, leakage, or other hazard.
Samsung's warranty does not cover damage to
the phone caused by non-Samsung-approved
batteries and/or chargers.
● Do not use incompatible cell phone
batteries and chargers. Some websites
and second-hand dealers not associated
with reputable manufacturers and carriers,
might be selling incompatible or even
counterfeit batteries and chargers.
Consumers should purchase manufacturer
or carrier-recommended products and
accessories. If unsure about whether a
replacement battery or charger is compatible,
contact the manufacturer of the battery or
charger.
● Misuse or use of incompatible phones,
batteries, and charging devices could result
in damage to the equipment and a possible
risk of fire, explosion, or leakage, leading to
serious injuries, damages to your phone, or
other serious hazard.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
27
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 28 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling
Samsung cares for the environment and
encourages its customers to recycle Samsung
mobile devices and genuine Samsung
accessories.
Proper disposal of your mobile device and its
battery is not only important for safety, it benefits
the environment. Batteries must be recycled or
disposed of properly.
respected take-back companies in every state
in the country.
Drop It Off
You can drop off your Samsung-branded
mobile device and batteries for recycling at
one of our numerous Samsung Recycling
Direct (SM) locations. A list of these locations
may be found at:
Recycling programs for your mobile device,
batteries, and accessories may not be available
in your area.
http://pages.samsung.com/us/
recyclingdirect/
usactivities_environment_samsungrecycling
direct_locations.jsp.
We've made it easy for you to recycle your old
Samsung mobile device by working with
Samsung-branded devices and batteries will
be accepted at these locations for no fee.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
28
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 29 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Consumers may also recycle their used
mobile device or batteries at many retail or
carrier-provided locations where mobile
devices and batteries are sold. Additional
information regarding specific locations may
be found at:
http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/partnerships/
plugin/cellphone/index.htm or at http://
www.call2recycle.org/.
Mail It In
The Samsung Mobile Take-Back Program will
provide Samsung customers with a free
recycling mailing label. Just go to
http://fun.samsungmobileusa.com/
recycling/index.jsp.
Dispose of unwanted electronics through an
approved recycler.
To find the nearest recycling location, go to
our website:
www.samsung.com/recyclingdirect
Or call, (877) 278-0799.
Follow local regulations regarding disposal of mobile
devices and batteries
Dispose of your mobile device and batteries in
accordance with local regulations. In some
areas, the disposal of these items in household
or business trash may be prohibited. Help us
protect the environment - recycle!
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
29
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 30 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Warning! Never dispose of batteries in a fire
because they may explode.
UL Certified Travel Charger
The Travel Charger for this phone has met
applicable UL safety requirements. Please
adhere to the following safety instructions per
UL guidelines:
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE
INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD
TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND
POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
DANGER - TO REDUCE THE
RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC
SHOCK, CAREFULLY FOLLOW
THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
FOR CONNECTION TO A SUPPLY NOT
IN NORTH AMERICA, USE AN
ATTACHMENT PLUG ADAPTOR OF THE
PROPER CONFIGURATION FOR THE
POWER OUTLET.
THIS POWER UNIT IS INTENDED TO BE
CORRECTLY ORIENTED IN A VERTICAL
OR HORIZONTAL OR FLOOR MOUNT
POSITION.
Display / Touch-Screen
Please note the following information when
using your mobile device:
DRAFT For Internal
Use
Only
WARNING
REGARDING
DISPLAY
30
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 31 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
The display on your mobile device is made
of glass or acrylic and could break if your
mobile device is dropped or if it receives
significant impact. Do not use if screen is
broken or cracked as this could cause injury
to you.
WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: PROPER
USE OF A TOUCH-SCREEN MOBILE
DEVICE
If your mobile device has a touch-screen
display, please note that a touch-screen
responds best to a light touch from the pad
of your finger or a non-metallic stylus. Using
excessive force or a metallic object when
pressing on the touch-screen may damage
the tempered glass surface and void the
warranty. For more information, please refer
to the “Standard Limited Warranty”.
GPS
Certain Samsung mobile devices can use a
Global Positioning System (GPS) signal for
location-based applications. A GPS uses
satellites controlled by the U.S. Government that
are subject to changes implemented in
accordance with the Department of Defense
policy and the 2008 Federal Radio navigation
Plan (FRP). Changes may affect the
performance of location-based technology on
your mobile device.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
31
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 32 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Even with GPS, when you make an emergency
call:
● Always tell the emergency responder your
location to the best of your ability; and
● Remain on the mobile device for as long as
the emergency responder instructs you.
Navigation
Maps, directions, and other navigation-data,
including data relating to your current location,
may contain inaccurate or incomplete data, and
circumstances can and do change over time. In
some areas, complete information may not be
available. Therefore, you should always
visually confirm that the navigational
instructions are consistent with what you
see before following them. All users should
pay attention to road conditions, closures,
traffic, and all other factors that may impact
safe driving or walking. Always obey
posted road signs.
Emergency Calls
This mobile device, like any wireless mobile
device, operates using radio signals, wireless
and landline networks, as well as
user-programmed functions, which cannot
guarantee connection in all conditions, areas, or
circumstances.
Therefore, you should never rely solely on any
wireless mobile device for essential
communications (medical emergencies, for
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
32
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 33 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
example). Before traveling in remote or
underdeveloped areas, plan an alternate
method of contacting emergency services
personnel. Remember, to make or receive any
calls, the mobile device must be switched on
and in a service area with adequate signal
strength.
Emergency calls may not be possible on all
wireless mobile device networks or when
certain network services and/or mobile device
features are in use. Check with local service
providers.
To make an emergency call:
1. If the phone is not on, turn it on.
2. From
Start, tap
Dialer.
Phone >
3. Tap the number keys on the keypad to
enter the phone number, and then tap call
to dial the number.
If certain features are in use (call blocking, for
example), you may first need to deactivate
those features before you can make an
emergency call. Consult your User Manual and
your local cellular service provider. When
making an emergency call, remember to give
all the necessary information as accurately as
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
33
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 34 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
possible. Remember that your mobile device
may be the only means of communication at
the scene of an accident; do not cut off the call
until given permission to do so.
Care and Maintenance
Your mobile device is a product of superior
design and craftsmanship and should be
treated with care. The suggestions below will
help you fulfill any warranty obligations and
allow you to enjoy this product for many years:
Keep your Samsung Mobile Device away
from:
Liquids of any kind
Keep the mobile device dry. Precipitation,
humidity, and liquids contain minerals that
will corrode electronic circuits. If the mobile
device does get wet, do not accelerate
drying with the use of an oven, microwave,
or dryer, because this may damage the
mobile device and could cause a fire or
explosion.
Do not use the mobile device with a wet
hand. Doing so may cause an electric
shock to you or damage to the mobile
device.
Extreme heat or cold
Avoid temperatures below 0°C / 32°F or
above 45°C / 113°F.
Microwaves
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
34
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 35 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Do not try to dry your mobile device in a
microwave oven. Doing so may cause a
fire or explosion.
Do not drop, knock, or shake the mobile
device. Rough handling can break
internal circuit boards.
Dust and dirt
Paint
Do not expose your mobile device to
dust, dirt, or sand.
Do not paint the mobile device. Paint
can clog the device’s moving parts or
ventilation openings and prevent proper
operation.
Cleaning solutions
Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning
solvents, or strong detergents to clean
the mobile device. Wipe it with a soft
cloth slightly dampened in a mild
soap-and-water solution.
Shock or vibration
Responsible Listening
Caution! Avoid potential hearing loss.
Damage to hearing occurs when a person is
exposed to loud sounds over time. The risk of
hearing loss increases as sound is played
louder and for longer durations. Prolonged
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
35
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 36 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
exposure to loud sounds (including music) is
the most common cause of preventable
hearing loss. Some scientific research suggests
that using portable audio devices, such as
portable music players and cell phones, at high
volume settings for long durations may lead to
permanent noise-induced hearing loss.
This includes the use of headphones (including
headsets, earbuds, and Bluetooth® or other
wireless devices). Exposure to very loud sound
has also been associated in some studies with
tinnitus (a ringing in the ear), hypersensitivity to
sound, and distorted hearing. Individual
susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss and
potential hearing problem varies. Additionally,
the amount of sound produced by a portable
audio device varies depending on the nature of
the sound, the device settings, and the
headphones that are used. As a result, there is
no single volume setting that is appropriate for
everyone or for every combination of sound,
settings, and equipment.
You should follow some common sense
recommendations when using any portable
audio device:
● Always turn the volume down before
plugging the earphones into an audio
source.
● Set the volume in a quiet environment and
select the lowest volume at which you can
hear adequately.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
36
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 37 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
● Be aware that you can adapt to higher
volume settings over time, not realizing that
the higher volume may be harmful to your
hearing.
● When using headphones, turn the volume
down if you cannot hear the people speaking
near you or if the person sitting next to you
can hear what you are listening to.
● Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy
surroundings. If you choose to listen to your
portable device in a noisy environment, use
noise-cancelling headphones to block out
background environmental noise. By
blocking background environment noise,
noise cancelling headphones should allow
you to hear the music at lower volumes than
when using earbuds.
● Limit the amount of time you listen. As the
volume increases, less time is required before
you hearing could be affected.
● Avoid using headphones after exposure to
extremely loud noises, such as rock concerts,
that might cause temporary hearing loss.
Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe
volumes to sound normal.
● Do not listen at any volume that causes you
discomfort. If you experience ringing in your
ears, hear muffled speech, or experience any
temporary hearing difficulty after listening to
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
37
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 38 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
your portable audio device, discontinue use
and consult your doctor.
You can obtain additional information on this
subject from the following sources:
American Academy of Audiology
11730 Plaza American Drive, Suite 300
Reston, VA 20190
Voice: (800) 222-2336
Email: info@audiology.org
National Institute on Deafness and
Other Communication Disorders
National Institutes of Health
31 Center Drive, MSC 2320
Bethesda, MD 20892-2320
Email: nidcdinfo@nih.gov
Internet:
http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/
Internet:
http://www.audiology.org/Pages/
default.aspx
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
38
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 39 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH)
395 E Street, S.W., Suite 9200
Patriots Plaza Building
Washington, DC 20201
Voice: 1-800-35-NIOSH
(1-800-356-4674)
1-800-CDC-INFO (1-800-232-4636)
Outside the U.S. 513-533-8328
Email: cdcinfo@cdc.gov
Internet:
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/
noise/default.html
1-888-232-6348 TTY
Operating Environment
Remember to follow any special regulations in
force in any area, and always switch your
mobile device off whenever it is forbidden to
use it, or when it may cause interference or
danger. When connecting the mobile device or
any accessory to another device, read its user's
guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not
connect incompatible products.
Using Your Mobile Device Near Other Electronic
Devices
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded
from Radio Frequency (RF) signals. However,
certain electronic equipment may not be
shielded against the RF signals from your
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
39
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 40 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
wireless mobile device. Consult the
manufacturer to discuss alternatives.
Implantable Medical Devices
A minimum separation of six (6) inches should
be maintained between a handheld wireless
mobile device and an implantable medical
device, such as a pacemaker or implantable
cardioverter defibrillator, to avoid potential
interference with the device.
Persons who have such devices:
● Should ALWAYS keep the mobile device
more than six (6) inches from their
implantable medical device when the mobile
device is turned ON;
● Should not carry the mobile device in a
breast pocket;
● Should use the ear opposite the implantable
medical device to minimize the potential for
interference;
● Should turn the mobile device OFF
immediately if there is any reason to suspect
that interference is taking place;
● Should read and follow the directions from
the manufacturer of your implantable medical
device. If you have any questions about using
your wireless mobile device with an
implantable medical device, consult your
health care provider.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
40
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 41 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
For more information see: http://www.fcc.gov/
oet/rfsafety/rf-faqs.html#.
Other Medical Devices
If you use any other personal medical devices,
consult the manufacturer of your device to
determine if it is adequately shielded from
external RF energy. Your physician may be able
to assist you in obtaining this information.
Switch your mobile device off in health care
facilities when any regulations posted in these
areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health
care facilities may be using equipment that
could be sensitive to external RF energy.
Vehicles
RF signals may affect improperly installed or
inadequately shielded electronic systems in
motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or
its representative regarding your vehicle before
using your mobile device in a motor vehicle.
You should also consult the manufacturer of
any equipment that has been added to your
vehicle.
Posted Facilities
Switch your mobile device off in any facility
where posted notices require you to do so.
Potentially Explosive Environments
Switch your mobile device off when in any area
with a potentially
atmosphere and
DRAFT For Internal
Useexplosive
Only
41
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 42 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such
areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting
in bodily injury or even death. Users are advised
to switch the mobile device off while at a
refueling point (service station).
Users are reminded of the need to observe
restrictions on the use of radio equipment in
fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas),
chemical plants, or where blasting operations
are in progress. Areas with a potentially
explosive atmosphere are often, but not always,
clearly marked. They include below deck on
boats, chemical transfer or storage facilities,
vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as
propane or butane), areas where the air
contains chemicals or particles, such as grain,
dust, or metal powders, and any other area
where you would normally be advised to turn
off your vehicle engine.
When your Device is Wet
Do not turn on your device if it is wet. If your
device is already on, turn it off and remove the
battery immediately (if the device will not turn off
or you cannot remove the battery, leave it as-is).
Then, dry the device with a towel and take it to a
service center.
FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC)
Regulations for Wireless Devices
The U.S. Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) has established requirements for digital
wireless mobile devices to be compatible with
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
42
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 43 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
hearing aids and other assistive hearing
devices.
rated. Mobile devices that are rated have the
rating on their box or a label located on the box.
When individuals employing some assistive
hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear
implants) use wireless mobile devices, they
may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining
noise. Some hearing devices are more immune
than others to this interference noise, and
mobile devices also vary in the amount of
interference they generate.
The ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary
depending on the user's hearing device and
hearing loss. If your hearing device happens to
be vulnerable to interference, you may not be
able to use a rated mobile device successfully.
Trying out the mobile device with your hearing
device is the best way to evaluate it for your
personal needs.
The wireless telephone industry has developed
a rating system for wireless mobile devices to
assist hearing device users find mobile devices
that may be compatible with their hearing
devices. Not all mobile devices have been
M-Ratings: Wireless mobile devices rated M3
or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to
generate less interference to hearing devices
than mobile devices that are not labeled. M4 is
the better/higher of the two ratings. M-ratings
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
43
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 44 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
refer to enabling acoustic coupling with hearing
aids that do not operate in telecoil mode.
T-Ratings: Mobile devices rated T3 or T4 meet
FCC requirements and are likely to generate
less interference to hearing devices than mobile
devices that are not labeled. T4 is the better/
higher of the two ratings. T-ratings refer to
enabling inductive coupling with hearing aids
operating in telecoil mode.
Hearing devices may also be rated. Your
hearing aid manufacturer or hearing health
professional may help you find this rating.
Higher ratings mean that the hearing device is
relatively immune to interference noise.
Under the current industry standard, American
National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19, the
hearing aid and wireless mobile device rating
values are added together to indicate how
usable they are together. For example, if a
hearing aid meets the M2 level rating and the
wireless mobile device meets the M3 level
rating, the sum of the two values equals M5.
Under the standard, this should provide the
hearing aid user with normal use while using
the hearing aid with the particular wireless
mobile device. A sum of 6 or more would
indicate excellent performance.
However, these are not guarantees that all users
will be satisfied. T ratings work similarly.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
44
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 45 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
The HAC rating and measurement procedure
are described in the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19 standard.
HAC for Newer Technologies
M3
T3
M2
T2
This phone has been tested and rated for use
with hearing aids for some of the wireless
technologies that it uses. However, there may
be some newer wireless technologies used in
this phone that have not been tested yet for use
with hearing aids.
It is important to try the different features of this
phone thoroughly and in different locations,
using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to
determine if you hear any interfering noise.
Consult your service provider or the
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
45
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 46 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
manufacturer of this phone for information on
hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions
about return or exchange policies, consult your
service provider or phone retailer.
Restricting Children's Access to Your
Mobile Device
Your mobile device is not a toy. Do not allow
children to play with it because they could hurt
themselves and others, damage the mobile
device, or make calls that increase your mobile
device bill.
Keep the mobile device and all its parts and
accessories out of the reach of small children.
FCC Notice and Cautions
FCC Notice
The mobile device may cause TV or radio
interference if used in close proximity to
receiving equipment. The FCC can require you
to stop using the mobile device if such
interference cannot be eliminated. Vehicles
using liquefied petroleum gas (such as
propane or butane) must comply with the
National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58).
For a copy of this standard, contact the National
Fire Protection Association.
Cautions
Any changes or modifications to your mobile
device not expressly approved in this document
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
46
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 47 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
could void your warranty for this equipment and
void your authority to operate this equipment.
Only use approved batteries, antennas, and
chargers. The use of any unauthorized
accessories may be dangerous and void the
mobile device warranty if said accessories
cause damage or a defect to the mobile device.
Although your mobile device is quite sturdy, it is
a complex piece of equipment and can be
broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending, or
sitting on it.
Other Important Safety Information
● Only qualified personnel should service the
mobile device or install the mobile device in a
vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be
dangerous and may invalidate any warranty
applicable to the device.
● Ensure that any mobile devices or related
equipment installed in your vehicle are
securely mounted.
● Check regularly that all wireless mobile
device equipment in your vehicle is mounted
and operating properly.
● When using a headset in dry environments,
static electricity can build up in the headset
and cause a small quick static electrical
shock. To minimize the risk of electrostatic
discharge from the headset avoid using the
headset in extremely dry environments or
touch a grounded unpainted metal object to
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
47
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 48 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
discharge static electricity before inserting the
headset.
● Do not store or carry flammable liquids,
gases, or explosive materials in the same
compartment as the mobile device, its parts,
or accessories.
● For vehicles equipped with an air bag,
remember that an air bag inflates with great
force. Do not place objects, including
installed or portable wireless equipment near
or in the area over the air bag or in the air
bag deployment area. If wireless equipment
is improperly installed and the air bag inflates,
serious injury could result.
● Switch your mobile device off before
boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless
mobile devices in aircraft is illegal and may
be dangerous to the aircraft's operation.
Check with appropriate authorities before
using any function of a mobile device while
on an aircraft.
● Failure to observe these instructions may lead
to the suspension or denial of cell phone
services to the offender, or legal action, or
both.
● While using your device, leave some lights on
in the room and do not hold the screen too
close to your eyes.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
48
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 49 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
● Seizures or blackouts can occur when you
are exposed to flashing lights while watching
videos or playing games for extended
periods. If you feel any discomfort, stop using
the device immediately.
discomfort during or after such use, stop use
and see a physician.
● If your device has a camera flash or light, do
not use the flash or light close to the eyes of
people or pets. [122011]
● Reduce risk of repetitive motion injuries.
When you repetitively perform actions, such
as pressing keys, drawing characters on a
touch screen with your fingers, or playing
games, you may experience occasional
discomfort in your hands, neck, shoulders, or
other parts of your body. When using your
device for extended periods, hold the device
with a relaxed grip, press the keys lightly, and
take frequent breaks. If you continue to have
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
49
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 50 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Manufacturer’s Warranty
For information regarding the terms and
conditions of service for your device, please visit
sprint.com or call Sprint Customer Service at 1888-211-4727.
Standard Limited Warranty
What is covered and for how long?
SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AMERICA, LLC (“SAMSUNG”) warrants that
SAMSUNG’s handsets and accessories
(“Products”) are free from defects in material
and workmanship under normal use and
service for the period commencing upon the
date of purchase by the first consumer
purchaser and continuing for the following
specified period of time after that date:
Phone
1 Year
Batteries
1 Year
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
50
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 51 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Case/Pouch/Holster
90 Days
Other Phone
Accessories
1 Year
What is not covered?
This Limited Warranty is conditioned upon
proper use of the Product.
This Limited Warranty does not cover: (a)
defects or damage resulting from accident,
misuse, abnormal use, abnormal conditions,
improper storage, exposure to liquid, moisture,
dampness, sand or dirt, neglect, or unusual
physical, electrical or electromechanical stress;
(b) scratches, dents and cosmetic damage,
unless caused by SAMSUNG; (c) defects or
damage resulting from excessive force or use of
a metallic object when pressing on a touch
screen; (d) equipment that has the serial
number or the enhancement data code
removed, defaced, damaged, altered or made
illegible; (e) ordinary wear and tear; (f) defects
or damage resulting from the use of Product in
conjunction or connection with accessories,
products, or ancillary/peripheral equipment not
furnished or approved by SAMSUNG;
(g) defects or damage resulting from improper
testing, operation, maintenance, installation,
service, or adjustment not furnished or
approved by SAMSUNG; (h) defects or
damage resulting from external causes such as
collision with an object, fire, flooding, dirt,
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
51
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 52 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
windstorm, lightning, earthquake, exposure to
weather conditions, theft, blown fuse, or
improper use of any electrical source; (i) defects
or damage resulting from cellular signal
reception or transmission, or viruses or other
software problems introduced into the Product;
or (j) Product used or purchased outside the
United States. This Limited Warranty covers
batteries only if battery capacity falls below 80%
of rated capacity or the battery leaks, and this
Limited Warranty does not cover any battery if
(i) the battery has been charged by a battery
charger not specified or approved by
SAMSUNG for charging the battery; (ii) any of
the seals on the battery are broken or show
evidence of tampering; or (iii) the battery has
been used in equipment other than the
SAMSUNG phone for which it is specified.
What are SAMSUNG’s obligations?
During the applicable warranty period, provided
the Product is returned in accordance with the
terms of this Limited Warranty, SAMSUNG will
repair or replace the Product, at SAMSUNG’s
sole option, without charge. SAMSUNG may, at
SAMSUNG’s sole option, use rebuilt,
reconditioned, or new parts or components
when repairing any Product, or may replace the
Product with a rebuilt, reconditioned or new
Product.
Repaired/replaced cases, pouches and
holsters will be warranted for a period of ninety
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
52
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 53 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
(90) days. All other repaired/replaced Products
will be warranted for a period equal to the
remainder of the original Limited Warranty on
the original Product or for ninety (90) days,
whichever is longer. All replaced Products,
parts, components, boards and equipment
shall become the property of SAMSUNG.
Except to any extent expressly allowed by
applicable law, transfer or assignment of this
Limited Warranty is prohibited.
What must you do to obtain warranty
service?
To obtain service under this Limited Warranty,
you must return the Product to an authorized
phone service facility in an adequate container
for shipping, accompanied by the sales receipt
or comparable proof of sale showing the
original date of purchase, the serial number of
the Product and the seller’s name and address.
To obtain assistance on where to deliver the
Product, please call SAMSUNG Customer Care
at 1-888-987-4357. If SAMSUNG determines
that any Product is not covered by this Limited
Warranty, you must pay all parts, shipping, and
labor charges for the repair or return of such
Product.
You should keep a separate backup copy of
any contents of the Product before delivering
the Product to SAMSUNG for warranty service,
as some or all of the contents may be deleted
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
53
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 54 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
or reformatted during the course of warranty
service.
What are the limits on SAMSUNG’s
liability?
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SETS OUT THE
FULL EXTENT OF SAMSUNG’S
RESPONSIBILITIES, AND THE EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY REGARDING THE PRODUCTS.
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE
DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN
NO EVENT SHALL SAMSUNG BE LIABLE FOR
DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE
PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR FOR, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, COMMERCIAL LOSS OF ANY
SORT; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA,
REPUTATION, OPPORTUNITY, GOODWILL,
PROFITS OR SAVINGS; INCONVENIENCE;
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES; OR DAMAGES ARISING
FROM THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PRODUCT. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS
ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY
LASTS, OR THE DISCLAIMER OR LIMITATION
OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND
DISCLAIMERS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
54
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 55 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
SAMSUNG MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR
REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE
QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS,
PERFORMANCE OR SUITABILITY OF ANY
THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT
USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
PRODUCT, OR THE ABILITY TO INTEGRATE
ANY SUCH SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT
WITH THE PRODUCT, WHETHER SUCH
THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT IS
INCLUDED WITH THE PRODUCT
DISTRIBUTED BY SAMSUNG OR OTHERWISE.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE QUALITY,
CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE
AND SUITABILITY OF ANY SUCH
THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT
RESTS SOLELY WITH THE USER AND THE
DIRECT VENDOR, OWNER OR SUPPLIER OF
SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR
EQUIPMENT.
Nothing in the Product instructions or
information shall be construed to create an
express warranty of any kind with respect to the
Products. No agent, employee, dealer,
representative or reseller is authorized to modify
or extend this Limited Warranty or to make
binding representations or claims, whether in
advertising, presentations or otherwise, on
behalf of SAMSUNG regarding the Products or
this Limited Warranty.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
55
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 56 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal
rights, and you may also have other rights that
vary from state to state.
What is the procedure for resolving
disputes?
ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN
ANY WAY FROM THIS LIMITED WARRANTY
OR THE SALE, CONDITION OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCTS SHALL
BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH
FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT
BY A COURT OR JURY.
Any such dispute shall not be combined or
consolidated with a dispute involving any other
person’s or entity’s Product or claim, and
specifically, without limitation of the foregoing,
shall not under any circumstances proceed as
part of a class action. The arbitration shall be
conducted before a single arbitrator, whose
award may not exceed, in form or amount, the
relief allowed by the applicable law. The
arbitration shall be conducted according to the
American Arbitration Association (AAA)
Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to
consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is
entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.
The laws of the State of Texas, without reference
to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the
interpretation of the Limited Warranty and all
disputes that are subject to this arbitration
provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
56
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 57 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
of interpretation and application of this
arbitration provision and the Limited Warranty.
For any arbitration in which your total damage
claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert
witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less (“Small
Claim”), the arbitrator may, if you prevail, award
your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness
fees and costs as part of any award, but may
not grant SAMSUNG its attorney fees, expert
witness fees or costs unless it is determined that
the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small
Claim case, you shall be required to pay no
more than half of the total administrative, facility
and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees,
whichever is less, and SAMSUNG shall pay the
remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility
and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your
total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees
and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00
(“Large Claim”) shall be determined according
to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the
arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or
apportion among the parties, reasonable
attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs.
Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s
award in any court of competent jurisdiction.
This arbitration provision also applies to claims
against SAMSUNG’s employees,
representatives and affiliates if any such claim
arises from the Product’s sale, condition or
performance.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
57
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 58 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
You may opt out of this dispute resolution
procedure by providing notice to
SAMSUNG no later than 30 calendar days
from the date of the first consumer
purchaser’s purchase of the Product. To
opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to
optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject
line: “Arbitration Opt Out.” You must
include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name
and address; (b) the date on which the
Product was purchased; (c) the Product
model name or model number; and (d) the
IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as
applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID
or Serial Number can be found (i) on the
Product box; (ii) on the Product information
screen, which can be found under
“Settings;” (iii) on a label on the back of the
Product beneath the battery, if the battery
is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the
Product if the battery is not removable).
Alternatively, you may opt out by calling
1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar
days from the date of the first consumer
purchaser’s purchase of the Product and
providing the same information. These are
the only two forms of notice that will be
effective to opt out of this dispute
resolution procedure. Opting out of this
dispute resolution procedure will not affect
the coverage of the Limited Warranty in
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
58
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 59 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
any way, and you will continue to enjoy the
benefits of the Limited Warranty.
Severability
If any portion of this Limited Warranty is held to
be illegal or unenforceable, such partial illegality
or unenforceability shall not affect the
enforceability of the remainder of the Limited
Warranty.
Precautions for Transfer and Disposal
If data stored on this device is deleted or
reformatted using the standard methods, the
data only appears to be removed on a
superficial level, and it may be possible for
someone to retrieve and reuse the data by
means of special software.
To avoid unintended information leaks and
other problems of this sort, it is recommended
that the device be returned to Samsung’s
Customer Care Center for an Extended File
System (EFS) Clear which will eliminate all user
memory and return all settings to default
settings. Please contact the Samsung
Customer Care Center for details.
Important! Please provide warranty information
(proof of purchase) to Samsung’s
Customer Care Center in order to
provide this service at no charge. If
the warranty has expired on the
device, charges may apply.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
59
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 60 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC
1301 E. Lookout Drive
Richardson, Texas 75082
Phone: 1-800-SAMSUNG
Phone: 1-888-987-HELP (4357)
No reproduction in whole or in part allowed
without prior written approval. Specifications
and availability subject to change without
notice. [111611]
End User License Agreement for Software
IMPORTANT. READ CAREFULLY: This End User
License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal
agreement between you (either an individual or
a single entity) and Samsung Electronics Co.,
Ltd. ("Samsung") for software, owned by
Samsung and its affiliated companies and its
third party suppliers and licensors, that
accompanies this EULA, which includes
computer software and may include associated
media, printed materials, "online" or electronic
documentation in connection with your use of
this device ("Software").
This device requires the use of preloaded
DRAFT For Internal
Use
OnlyBY USING
software in its
normal operation.
60
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 61 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
THE DEVICE OR ITS PRELOADED SOFTWARE,
YOU ACCEPT THE TERMS OF THIS EULA. IF
YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE TERMS, DO
NOT USE THE DEVICE OR THE SOFTWARE.
form for backup purposes only; provided that
the backup copy must include all copyright or
other proprietary notices contained on the
original.
1. GRANT OF LICENSE. Samsung grants you
the following rights provided that you comply
with all terms and conditions of this EULA: You
may install, use, access, display and run one
copy of the Software on the local hard disk(s) or
other permanent storage media of one
computer and use the Software on a single
computer or a mobile device at a time, and you
may not make the Software available over a
network where it could be used by multiple
computers at the same time. You may make
one copy of the Software in machine readable
Certain items of the Software may be subject to
open source licenses. The open source license
provisions may override some of the terms of
this EULA. We make the applicable open
source licenses available to you on the Legal
Notices section of the Settings menu of your
device.
2. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND
OWNERSHIP. Samsung reserves all rights not
expressly granted to you in this EULA. The
Software is protected by copyright and other
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
61
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 62 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
intellectual property laws and treaties. Samsung
or its suppliers own the title, copyright and other
intellectual property rights in the Software. The
Software is licensed, not sold.
3. LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS.
You may not reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, or otherwise attempt to discover
the source code or algorithms of, the Software
(except and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable law not
withstanding this limitation), or modify, or
disable any features of, the Software, or create
derivative works based on the Software. You
may not rent, lease, lend, sublicense or provide
commercial hosting services with the Software.
4. CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. You agree
that Samsung and its affiliates may collect and
use technical information gathered as part of
the product support services related to the
Software provided to you, if any, such as IMEI
(your device’s unique identification number),
device number, model name, customer code,
access recording, your device’s current SW
version, MCC (Mobile Country Code), MNC
(Mobile Network Code). Samsung and its
affiliates may use this information solely to
improve their products or to provide customized
services or technologies to you and will not
disclose this information in a form that
personally identifies you. At all times your
information will be treated in accordance with
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
62
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 63 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Samsung’s Privacy Policy, which can be viewed
at:
http://account.samsung.com/membership/pp.
5. SOFTWARE UPDATES. Samsung may
provide to you or make available to you
updates, upgrades, supplements and add-on
components (if any) of the Software, including
bug fixes, service upgrades (parts or whole),
products or devices, and updates and
enhancements to any software previously
installed (including entirely new versions),
(collectively “Update”) after the date you obtain
your initial copy of the Software to improve the
Software and ultimately enhance your user
experience with your device. This EULA applies
to all and any component of the Update that
Samsung may provide to you or make available
to you after the date you obtain your initial copy
of the Software, unless we provide other terms
along with such Update. To use Software
provided through Update, you must first be
licensed for the Software identified by Samsung
as eligible for the Update. After the Update, you
may no longer use the Software that formed the
basis for your Update eligibility. The updated
Software version may add new functions and,
in some limited cases, may delete existing
functions.
While the Update will be generally available, in
some limited circumstances, the Software
updates will only be offered by your network
carrier, and such Software updates will be
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
63
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 64 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
governed by your contractual relationship with
your network carrier.
With the “Automatic Update” function enabled
(as in the default setting in the System Update
menu in the Setting), your device downloads
some Updates automatically from time to time.
Your device will, however, ask for your consent
before installing any Update If you choose to
disable the “Automatic Update” function, then
you can check the availability of new Updates
by clicking on the “Check Update” menu in the
Setting. We recommend that you check
availability of any new Updates periodically for
optimal use of your device. If you want to avoid
any use of network data for the Update
downloads, then you should choose the “Wi-Fi
Only” option in the Setting. (Regardless of the
option you choose, the “Automatic Update”
function downloads Updates only through Wi-Fi
connection.)
6. Some features of the Software may require
your device to have access to the internet and
may be subject to restrictions imposed by your
network or internet provider. Unless your device
is connected to the internet through Wi-Fi
connection, the Software will access through
your mobile network, which may result in
additional charges depending on your payment
plan. In addition, your enjoyment of some
features of the Software may be affected by the
suitability and performance of your device
hardware or data access.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
64
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 65 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
7. SOFTWARE TRANSFER. You may not
transfer this EULA or the rights to the Software
granted herein to any third party unless it is in
connection with the sale of the mobile device
which the Software accompanied. In such
event, the transfer must include all of the
Software (including all component parts, the
media and printed materials, any upgrades, this
EULA) and you may not retain any copies of the
Software. The transfer may not be an indirect
transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the
transfer, the end user receiving the Software
must agree to all the EULA terms.
8. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You
acknowledge that the Software is subject to
export restrictions of various countries. You
agree to comply with all applicable international
and national laws that apply to the Software,
including all the applicable export restriction
laws and regulations.
9. TERMINATION. This EULA is effective until
terminated. Your rights under this License will
terminate automatically without notice from
Samsung if you fail to comply with any of the
terms and conditions of this EULA. Upon
termination of this EULA, you must cease all
use of the Software and destroy all copies, full
or partial, of the Software.
10. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. UNLESS
SEPARATELY STATED IN A WRITTEN
EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
65
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 66 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
ACCOMPANYING YOUR DEVICE, ALL
SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY SAMSUNG WITH
THIS MOBILE DEVICE (WHETHER INCLUDED
WITH THE DEVICE, DOWNLOADED, OR
OTHERWISE OBTAINED) IS PROVIDED "AS IS"
AND ON AN "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND FROM
SAMSUNG, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TO
THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE PURSUANT
TO APPLICABLE LAW, SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS
ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY
OR WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, RELIABILITY OR
AVAILABILITY, ACCURACY, LACK OF VIRUSES,
QUIET ENJOYMENT, NON INFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR OTHER VIOLATION
OF RIGHTS. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS OF
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE
EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT
APPLY TO YOU. NO ADVICE OR
INFORMATION, WHETHER ORAL OR
WRITTEN, OBTAINED BY YOU FROM
SAMSUNG OR ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE
DEEMED TO ALTER THIS DISCLAIMER BY
SAMSUNG OF WARRANTY REGARDING THE
SOFTWARE, OR TO CREATE ANY
WARRANTY OF ANY SORT FROM
SAMSUNG.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
66
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 67 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
11. THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS. Certain
third party applications may be included with, or
downloaded to this mobile device. Samsung
makes no representations whatsoever about
any of these applications. Since Samsung has
no control over such applications, you
acknowledge and agree that Samsung is not
responsible for the availability of such
applications and is not responsible or liable for
any content, advertising, products, services, or
other materials on or available from such
applications. You expressly acknowledge and
agree that use of third party applications is at
your sole risk and that the entire risk of
unsatisfactory quality, performance, accuracy
and effort is with you. It is up to you to take
precautions to ensure that whatever you select
to use is free of such items as viruses, worms,
Trojan horses, and other items of a destructive
nature. References on this mobile device to any
names, marks, products, or services of any
third-parties are provided solely as a
convenience to you, and do not constitute or
imply an endorsement, sponsorship, or
recommendation of, or affiliation with the third
party or its products and services. You agree
that Samsung shall not be responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for any damage or loss,
including but not limited to any damage to the
mobile device or loss of data, caused or
alleged to be caused by, or in connection with,
use of or reliance on any such third party
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
67
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 68 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
content, products, or services available on or
through any such application. You
acknowledge and agree that the use of any
third-party application is governed by such third
party application provider's Terms of Use,
License Agreement, Privacy Policy, or other
such agreement and that any information or
personal data you provide, whether knowingly
or unknowingly, to such third-party application
provider, will be subject to such third party
application provider's privacy policy, if such a
policy exists. SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ANY
RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DISCLOSURE OF
INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PRACTICES
OF ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION
PROVIDER. SAMSUNG EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING
WHETHER YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION
IS CAPTURED BY ANY THIRD PARTY
APPLICATION PROVIDER OR THE USE TO
WHICH SUCH PERSONAL INFORMATION
MAY BE PUT BY SUCH THIRD PARTY
APPLICATION PROVIDER.
12. SAMSUNG APPLICATIONS. Certain
Samsung applications and services may be
included with, or downloaded to, this mobile
device. Many of them require Samsung
Services membership registration (“Samsung
Account”), and your rights and obligations will
be set forth in separate Samsung Account
terms and conditions and privacy policies.
There are non-Samsung Account applications
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
68
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 69 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
and services that require your consent to their
separate terms and conditions and privacy
policies. You expressly acknowledge and agree
that your use of such applications and services
will be subject to the applicable terms and
conditions and privacy policies.
13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. SAMSUNG
WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF
ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE THE
SOFTWARE OR ANY THIRD PARTY
APPLICATION, ITS CONTENT OR
FUNCTIONALITY, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO DAMAGES CAUSED BY OR
RELATED TO ERRORS, OMISSIONS,
INTERRUPTIONS, DEFECTS, DELAY IN
OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION, COMPUTER
VIRUS, FAILURE TO CONNECT, NETWORK
CHARGES, IN-APP PURCHASES, AND ALL
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF
SAMSUNG HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. NOTWITHSTANDING THE
FOREGOING, SAMSUNG ELECTRONIC CO.'S
TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL LOSSES,
DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
69
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 70 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE BASED ON
CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
OUT OF YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR
THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS ON THIS
MOBILE DEVICE, OR ANY OTHER PROVISION
OF THIS EULA, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE
AMOUNT PURCHASER PAID SPECIFICALLY
FOR THIS MOBILE DEVICE OR ANY SUCH
THIRD PARTY APPLICATION THAT WAS
INCLUDED WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE. THE
FOREGOING LIMITATIONS, EXCLUSIONS,
AND DISCLAIMERS (INCLUDING SECTIONS
10, 11, 12 AND 13) SHALL APPLY TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, EVEN IF ANY REMEDY
FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
14. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS
RESTRICTED RIGHTS. The Software is
licensed only with "restricted rights" and as
"commercial items" consisting of "commercial
software" and "commercial software
documentation" with only those rights as are
granted to all other end users pursuant to the
terms and conditions herein. All Products are
provided only with "restricted rights" with only
those rights as are granted to all other end
users pursuant to the terms and conditions
herein. All Software and Products are provided
subject to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR)
52.227.19.
15. APPLICABLE LAW. This EULA is governed
DRAFT For Internal
Only
by the laws Use
of the jurisdiction
where you are a
70
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 71 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
resident or, if a resident of the United States, by
the laws of the state of Texas, without regard to
its conflict of law provisions. This EULA shall not
be governed by the UN Convention on
Contracts for the International Sale of Goods,
the application of which is expressly excluded.
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
(a) Non-United States residents. If a dispute,
controversy or difference arising in any way
from this EULA or your use of the Software is
not amicably settled, it shall be subject to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the
jurisdiction where you are a resident.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Samsung may
apply for injunctive remedies (or an equivalent
type of urgent legal relief) in any jurisdiction.
(b) United States residents. ALL DISPUTES
WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM
THIS EULA OR YOUR USE OF THE
SOFTWARE SHALL BE RESOLVED
EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND
BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A
COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not
be combined or consolidated with any other
person’s or entity’s claim or dispute, and
specifically, without limitation of the foregoing,
shall not under any circumstances proceed as
part of a class action. The arbitration shall be
conducted before a single arbitrator, whose
award may not exceed, in form or amount, the
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
71
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 72 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
relief allowed by the applicable law. The
arbitration shall be conducted according to the
American Arbitration Association (AAA)
Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to
consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is
entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.
The laws of the State of Texas, without reference
to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the
interpretation of the EULA and all disputes that
are subject to this arbitration provision. The
arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation
and application of this arbitration provision and
the EULA. For any arbitration in which your total
damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and
expert witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less
("Small Claim"), the arbitrator may, if you prevail,
award your reasonable attorney fees, expert
witness fees and costs as part of any award, but
may not grant Samsung its attorney fees, expert
witness fees or costs unless it is determined that
the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small
Claim case, you shall be required to pay no
more than half of the total administrative, facility
and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees,
whichever is less, and Samsung shall pay the
remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility
and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your
total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees
and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00
("Large Claim") shall be determined according
to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the
arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
72
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 73 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
apportion among the parties, reasonable
attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs.
Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's
award in any court of competent jurisdiction.
This arbitration provision also applies to claims
against Samsung’s employees, representatives
and affiliates if any such claim arises from the
licensing or use of the Software. You may opt
out of this dispute resolution procedure by
providing notice to Samsung no later than 30
calendar days from the date of the first
consumer purchaser’s purchase of this device.
To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to
optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line:
"Arbitration Opt Out." You must include in the
opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b)
the date on which the device was purchased;
(c) the device model name or model number;
and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as
applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or
Serial Number can be found (i) on the device
box; (ii) on the device information screen, which
can be found under "Settings;" (iii) on a label
on the back of the device beneath the battery, if
the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside
of the device if the battery is not removable).
Alternatively, you may opt out by calling
1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days
from the date of the first consumer purchaser's
purchase of the device and providing the same
information. These are the only two forms of
notice that will be effective to opt out of this
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Manufacturer’s Warranty
73
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 74 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this
dispute resolution procedure will not affect your
use of the device or its preloaded Software, and
you will continue to enjoy the benefits of this
license.
17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY.
This EULA is the entire agreement between you
and Samsung relating to the Software and
supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral
or written communications, proposals and
representations with respect to the Software or
any other subject matter covered by this EULA.
If any provision of this EULA is held to be void,
invalid, unenforceable or illegal, the other
provisions shall continue in full force and effect.
[050113]
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
74
Manufacturer’s Warranty
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 75 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Basic Definitions
General Terms and
Conditions of Service
Please note that these terms may not be
the most current version. A current version
of the terms is available at our website at
sprint.com/termsandconditions or upon
request.
Note: Para solicitar esta literatura en
español, por favor contactar a
1-800-777-4681 o visitar a
sprint.com/espanol.
In this document: (1) “we,” “us,” “our,” and
“Sprint” mean Sprint Solutions, Inc., as
contracting agent on behalf of the applicable
Sprint affiliated entities providing the products
and Services; (2) “you,” “your,” “customer,” and
“user” mean an account holder with us or any
user of our Devices or Services; (3) “Device”
means any phone, aircard, mobile broadband
device, any other device, accessory, or other
product that we provide you, we sell to you, or is
active on your account with us; and (4)
“Service” means Sprint-branded offers, rate
plans, options, wireless services, billing services,
applications, programs, products, software, or
Devices on your account with us. “Service(s)”
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
75
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 76 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
also includes any other product or service that
we offer or provide to you that references these
General Terms and Conditions of Service
(“Ts&Cs”).
The Service Agreement
These Ts&Cs are part of your service
agreement with us (the “Agreement”) and
constitute a contract under which we provide
you Services under terms and conditions that
you accept. THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS
A MANDATORY ARBITRATION PROVISION
WITH A CLASS WAIVER, A
REPRESENTATIVE ACTION WAIVER, AND
A JURY WAIVER PROVISION. In addition to
these Ts&Cs, there are several parts of the
Agreement, which includes but is not limited to
the following: (i) the subscriber agreement and
transaction materials that you receive and
accept; (ii) the plan(s) that you chose as set
forth in our written services and transaction
materials that we provide or refer you to during
the sales transaction, including on-line and
telephone transactions (if your service plan is
not specifically set forth in any in-store brochure
or printed materials, the requirements and
terms set forth in the current written Agreement
and transaction materials apply); (iii) any
confirmation materials and invoices that we
may provide to you; and (iv) the terms set forth
in the coverage map brochures. It is important
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
76
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 77 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
that you carefully read all of the terms of
the Agreement.
Additional Terms
Additional terms will apply when you use
certain applications, programs, Devices, and
services, and these terms will be provided to
you prior to your use of the items. Depending
on who provides the items, the terms may
come from Sprint or a third party. You are
subject to any terms provided by the third party,
and the terms are directly between you and that
third party. Sprint is not responsible for these
third-party items and associated terms.
Additional terms will also apply if you activate
Services as part of a bundle with another
company’s services (for example, cable
services, home phone services, etc.). The
additional terms for bundled Services may
either modify or replace certain provisions in
these Ts&Cs, including terms relating to
activation, invoicing, payment, and disputing
charges. Also, a different dispute resolution
provision may apply to services provided by
another company (the dispute resolution
provisions in this Agreement will still apply to
our Services). You will be provided details on
any additional terms with your selection of any
bundled Service. For employee and
organization discounts, the discount percentage
may vary from month-to-month based on the
terms of the agreement between your employer,
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
77
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 78 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
association, or organization and Sprint. The
discount will be zero after your agreement or
your organization’s agreement with Sprint ends.
Additional terms and eligibility requirements
regarding organization discounts will be
provided to you.
Our Policies
Services are subject to our business policies,
practices, and procedures (“Policies”). You
agree to adhere to all of our Policies when you
use our Services. Our Policies are subject to
change at anytime with or without notice.
When You Accept The Agreement
You must have the legal capacity to accept the
Agreement. You accept the Agreement when
you do any of the following: (a) accept the
Agreement through any printed, oral, or
electronic statement, including on the Web by
electronically marking that you have reviewed
and accepted; (b) attempt to or in any way use
the Services; (c) pay for the Services; or (d)
open any package or start any program that
says you are accepting the Agreement when
doing so. If you don’t want to accept the
Agreement, don’t do any of these things.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
78
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 79 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Term Commitments & Early Termination
Fees
Sprint provides a variety of Services, some of
which require you to maintain Your Services on
a month to month basis or for a minimum term,
usually 1 or 2 years (“Term Commitment”). If
your Agreement contains a Term Commitment,
you will be charged a fee (“Early
Termination Fee”) for each line of Service
that you terminate early (i.e., prior to
satisfying the Term Commitment) or for
each line of Service that we terminate early
for good reason (for example, violating the
payment or other terms of the Agreement)
but such Early Termination Fee will be
prorated based on your remaining Term
Commitment. Early Termination Fees are a
part of our rates. Any Term Commitment, the
length of the Term Commitment, and the
applicable Early Termination Fee amounts and
proration will be disclosed to you during the
sales transaction. Carefully review any Term
Commitment and Early Termination Fee
requirements prior to selecting Services.
After you have satisfied your Term
Commitment, your Services continue on a
month-to-month basis under the thencurrent Terms and Conditions and Service
policies. Services offered on a subscription
basis, as described in the “Account & Service
Charges” section, may not require a Term
Commitment and may not automatically renew.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
79
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 80 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
As explained directly below, there are instances
when you will not be responsible for an Early
Termination Fee for terminating Services early.
When You Don’t Have To Pay An Early
Termination Fee
You aren’t responsible for paying an Early
Termination Fee when terminating Services: (a)
provided on a month-to-month basis; (b)
provided on a subscription basis that do not
include a Term Commitment; (c) consistent with
our published trial period return policy; or (d) in
response to a materially adverse change that
we make to the Agreement as described
directly below.
Our Right To Change The Agreement &
Your Related Rights
We may change any part of the Agreement
at any time, including, but not limited to,
rates, charges, how we calculate charges,
discounts, coverage, technologies used to
provide services, or your terms of Service.
If you lose your eligibility for a particular
rate plan or if a particular rate plan is no
longer supported or available, we may
change your rate plan to one for which you
qualify. We will provide you notice of
material changes—and we may provide
you notice of non-material changes—in a
manner consistent with this Agreement
(see “Providing Notice To Each Other
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
80
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 81 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Under The Agreement” section). If a
change we make to the Agreement is
material and has a material adverse effect
on Services under your Term Commitment,
you may terminate each line of Service
materially adversely affected without
incurring an Early Termination Fee only if:
(a) you call us within 30 days after the
effective date of the change; (b) you
specifically advise us that you wish to
cancel Services because of a material
change to the Agreement that we have
made; and (c) we fail to negate the change
after you notify us of your objection to it. If
you do not notify us and cancel Service within
30 days of the change, an Early Termination
Fee will apply if you terminate Services before
the end of any applicable Term Commitment.
Our Right To Suspend Or Terminate
Services
We can, without notice, suspend or
terminate any Service at any time for any
reason. For example, we can suspend or
terminate any Service for the following: (a) late
payment; (b) exceeding an Account Spending
Limit; (c) harassing/threatening/abusing/
offending our employees or agents; (d)
providing false or inaccurate information; (e)
interfering with our operations; (f) using/
suspicion of using Services in any manner
restricted by or inconsistent with the Agreement
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
81
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 82 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
and Policies; (g) breaching, failing to follow, or
abusing the Agreement or Policies; (h)
providing false, inaccurate, dated, or unverifiable
identification or credit information or becoming
insolvent or bankrupt; (i) modifying a Device
from its manufacturer specifications (for
example, rooting the device); (j) failing to use
our Services for an extended period of time; (k)
failing to maintain an active Device in
connection with our Services; or (l) if we believe
the action protects our interests, any customer’s
interests, or our networks.
Your Right To Change Services & When
Changes Are Effective
The account holder can typically change
Services upon request. In some instances,
changes may be conditioned on payment of an
Early Termination Fee or certain other charges,
or they may require a new Term Commitment.
Changes to Services are usually effective at the
start of the next full invoicing cycle. If the
changes take place sooner, your invoice may
reflect pro-rated charges for your old and new
Services. We may, but are not obligated to,
provide you the opportunity to authorize
someone else to make changes to your
Services, which will include the authority to
make changes that will extend your Term
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
82
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 83 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Commitment. You are responsible for any
changes to your Services made by a person
you authorize, and those changes will be
treated as modifications to this Agreement.
Your Right To Terminate Services
You can terminate Services at any time by
calling us and requesting that we deactivate all
Services. In addition, if you return or provide
your Device to Sprint and fail to either deactivate
service on the Device or activate another
Device in connection with your Service, we
reserve the right to terminate your Service, and
if you are subject to a Term Commitment, you
may be charged all or part of an Early
Termination Fee. You are responsible for all
charges billed or incurred prior to deactivation. If
Services are terminated before the end of your
invoicing cycle, we won’t prorate charges to the
date of termination and you won’t receive a
credit or refund for any unused Services.
Except as provided above, if you are
subject to an Early Termination Fee, you
must also pay the invoiced Early
Termination Fee for each line of Service
that you terminate early.
Credit Checks & Credit Information
We agree to provide you Services on the
condition that you have and maintain
satisfactory credit according to our standards
and policies. You agree to provide information
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
83
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 84 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
that we may request or complete any
applications that we may provide you to
facilitate our review. We rely on the credit
information you furnish, credit bureau reports or
other data available from commercial credit
reference services, and other information (such
as payment history with us) to determine
whether to provide or continue to provide you
Services. The Services we offer you can vary
based on your credit history. We may at any
time, based on your credit history, withdraw or
change Services or place limits or conditions
on the use of our Services. You agree to
provide us updated credit information upon
request. We may provide your payment history
and other account billing/charge information to
any credit reporting agency or industry
clearinghouse.
Account Spending Limits (“ASL”)
An ASL is a temporary or permanent limit
(typically based on credit history, payment
history, or to prevent fraud) that we place on the
amount of unpaid charges you can accumulate
on your account, regardless of when payment
on those charges is due. We reserve the right to
determine which charges count toward an ASL.
If you have an ASL, we may suspend your
Services without prior notice if your account
balance reaches the ASL, even if your account
is not past due. We may impose or increase an
ASL at any time with notice. An ASL is for our
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
84
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 85 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
benefit only and should not be relied on by you
to manage usage.
Deposits & Returning Deposits
We may at any time require a deposit as a
guarantee of payment for you to establish or
maintain Service (“Deposit”). By providing us a
Deposit, you grant us a security interest for all
current or future amounts owed to us. We may
change the Deposit at any time with notice. You
can’t use a Deposit to make or delay payments.
The Deposit, the length of time we hold the
Deposit, and changes to the Deposit are
determined based on your credit history,
payment history, and other factors. Unless
prohibited by law, we may mix Deposits with
our other funds and it won’t earn interest, and
we reserve the right to return the Deposit as a
credit on your invoice at anytime. If your
Services are terminated for any reason, we may
keep and apply your Deposit to any
outstanding charges. We’ll send any remaining
portion of the Deposit to your last known
address within 90 days after your final invoice—if
it is returned to us, we will forward it on to the
appropriate state authorities to the extent
required by law.
Restrictions On Using Services
You can’t use our Services: (a) in a way that
could cause damage or adversely affect any of
our other customers or our reputation, networks,
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
85
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 86 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
property, or Services; or (b) in any way
prohibited by the terms of our Services, the
Agreement, or our Policies. You cannot in any
manner resell the Services to another party. For
additional restrictions on the use of our
Services, see our Acceptable Use Policy and
Visitors Agreement, which are available on our
website, and the detailed plan or other
information on Services that we provide or refer
you to during the sales transaction.
Your Device, Number & E-mail Address
We don’t manufacture any Device that we might
sell to you or that is associated with our
Services, and we aren’t responsible for any
defects, acts, or omissions of the manufacturer.
The only warranties on your Device are the
limited warranties given to you by the
manufacturer directly or that we pass
through. Device performance may vary
based on device specifications (for
example, a device’s software, memory, and
storage), and device performance may
impact access to all of our Services. Your
Device is designed to be activated on our
networks and in other coverage areas that we
may make available to you. As programmed, it
will not accept wireless service from another
carrier. Except for any legal right you may have
to port/transfer your phone number to another
carrier, you have no—and cannot gain any (for
example, through publication, use, etc.)—
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
86
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 87 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
proprietary, ownership, or other rights to any
phone number, identification number, email
address, or other identifier that we assign to you,
your Device, or your account. We’ll notify you if
we decide to change or reassign them. Your
CDMA Sprint PCS phone may have software
programming lock that protects certain of the
handset’s operating parameters against
unauthorized reprogramming. If your device
has a software programming lock, and you
wish to obtain the software program lock code
for your CDMA Sprint PCS phone, please visit
sprint.com or call 1-888-211-4727 for
information and eligibility requirements.
Porting/Transferring Phone Numbers
We don’t guarantee that number transfers to or
from us will be successful. If you authorize
another carrier to transfer a number away from
us, then that is considered a request by you to
us to terminate all of the Services associated
with that number. You’re responsible for all
charges billed or incurred prior to
deactivation and for any applicable Early
Termination Fees.
Coverage; Where Your Device Will Work;
Service Speeds
Our coverage maps are available at our
authorized retail locations and on sprint.com.
The specific network coverage you get will
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
87
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 88 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
depend on the radio transmissions your Device
can pick up and Services you’ve chosen.
Our coverage maps provide high level
estimates of our coverage areas when
using Services outdoors under optimal
conditions. Coverage isn’t available
everywhere. Coverage and Service
speeds are not guaranteed. Coverage is
subject to change without notice. Service
speeds may depend on the Service
purchased. Actual speeds will vary.
Estimating wireless coverage, signal
strength, and Service speed is not an exact
science. There are gaps in coverage within
our estimated coverage areas that-along
with other factors both within and beyond
our control (for example, network
problems, network or Internet congestion,
software, signal strength, your Device,
structures, buildings, weather, geography,
topography, server speeds of the websites
you access, actions of third parties, etc.)may result in dropped and blocked
connections, slower Service speeds, or
otherwise impact the quality of Service.
Services that rely on location information,
such as E911 and GPS navigation, depend
on your Device’s ability to acquire satellite
signals (typically not available indoors)
and network coverage. While your Device is
receiving a software update, you may be
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
88
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 89 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
unable to use your Device in any manner until
the software update is complete.
Roaming
The term “roaming” typically refers to coverage
on another carrier’s network that we may make
available to you based on our agreements with
other carriers. These agreements may change
from time to time, and roaming coverage is
subject to change without notice. Your ability to
receive roaming coverage depends on the
radio transmissions your Device can pick up
and the availability of roaming coverage. We
make no guarantee that roaming coverage will
be available. Roaming coverage may exist both
within and outside our network coverage areas.
Your Device will generally indicate when you’re
roaming. Depending on your Services, separate
charges or limits on the amount of minutes
used while roaming may apply. Certain
Services may not be available or work the
same when roaming (for example, data
Services, voicemail, call waiting, etc.). For
information on whether roaming applies, see
your service plan details.
About Data Services & Content
Our data Services and your Device may allow
you to access the Internet, text, pictures, video,
games, graphics, music, email, applications,
sound, and other materials (“Data Content”) or
send Data Content elsewhere. Some Data
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
89
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 90 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Content is available from us or our vendors,
while other Data Content can be accessed from
others (for example, third party websites,
games, ringers, applications, etc.). We make
absolutely no guarantees about the Data
Content that you access on your Device. Data
Content may be: (1) unsuitable for
children/minors; (2) unreliable or
inaccurate; or (3) offensive, indecent, or
objectionable. You’re solely responsible
for evaluating the Data Content accessed
by you or anyone through your Services.
We strongly recommend that you monitor
data usage by children/minors. Data
Content from third parties may also harm your
Device or its software. We are not responsible
for any Data Content. We are not responsible for
any damage caused by any Data Content that
you access through your Services, that you load
on your Device, or that you request that our
representatives access or load on your Device.
To protect our networks and Services or for
other reasons, we may place restrictions on
accessing certain Data Content (such as certain
websites, applications, etc.); impose separate
charges; limit throughput or the amount of data
that you can transfer; or otherwise limit or
terminate Services. If we provide you storage for
Data Content that you have purchased, then we
may delete the Data Content without notice or
place restrictions/limits on the use of storage
areas. Data Content stored on a Device,
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
90
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 91 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
transmitted over our networks, or stored by
Sprint may be deleted, modified, or damaged.
You may not be able to make or receive voice
calls while using data Services. Data Content
provided by our vendors or third parties is
subject to cancellation or termination at any
time without notice to you, and you may not
receive a refund for any unused portion of the
Data Content.
Specific Terms & Restrictions On Using
Data Services
In addition to the rules for using all of our other
Services, unless we identify the Service or
Device that you have selected as specifically
intended for that purpose (for example, wireless
routers, Data Link, etc.), you can’t use our data
Services: (1) with server devices or host
computer applications or other systems that
drive continuous, heavy traffic or data sessions;
(2) as a substitute or backup for private lines or
frame relay connections; or (3) for any other
unintended use as we determine in our sole
discretion. We reserve the right to limit, suspend,
or constrain any heavy, continuous data usage
that adversely impacts our networks’
performance or hinders access to our
networks. If your Services include Web or data
access, you also can’t use your Device as a
modem for computers or other equipment,
unless we identify the Service or Device you
have selected as specifically intended for that
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
91
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 92 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
purpose (for example, with “phone as modem”
plans, Sprint Mobile Broadband card plans,
wireless router plans, etc.).
decompile, or disassemble the software. Sprint
may revoke this license at any time.
Software License
Based on our Policies, we may charge
activation, prepayment, reactivation, program, or
other fees to establish, change, or maintain
Services. Certain transactions may also be
subject to a charge (for example, convenience
payment, changing phone numbers, handset
upgrades, etc.). You will be provided notice of
these types of fees before we complete the
requested transaction.
If Sprint provides you software as part of the
Service and there are not software license
terms provided with the software (by Sprint or
by a third party), then Sprint grants you a limited,
revocable, non-exclusive, non-transferable
license to use the software to access the
Services for your own individual use. You will
not sell, resell, transfer, copy, translate, publish,
create derivative works of, make any
commercial use of, modify, reverse engineer,
Fees, Activation & Miscellaneous Charges
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
92
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 93 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Account & Service Charges
You are responsible for all charges
associated with your account and the
Services on your account, no matter who
adds or uses the Services. Charges include,
but are not limited to, the monthly recurring
charges, usage charges, charges for additional
services, taxes, surcharges, and fees associated
with your Services. These charges are
described or referred to during the sales
transaction, in our marketing materials, and in
confirmation materials that we may send to you.
Depending on your Services, charges for
additional services may include operator and
directory assistance, voicemail, call forwarding,
data calls, texts, and Web access. If you (the
account holder) allow end users to access or
use your Devices, you authorize end users to
access, download, and use Services. You may
have the opportunity to purchase Services on a
subscription basis where we assess
subscription charges that allow you access to
the Services and/or provide you a certain
amount of use of the Services for a defined
period of time. Depending on your Service,
certain types of subscription charges may be
assessed automatically upon activation and
automatically assessed for subsequent
subscription periods. Subscription Services
offered on a recurring basis do not end until
terminated by you or us. Subscription charges
for recurring Services occur at the beginning of
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
93
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 94 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
each bill cycle. Information regarding your bill
cycle for subscription Services will be provided
when you order the Services. For Services
offered on a per-day basis, you will generally be
charged for use before or at the time of use. In
certain instances, we may charge you at some
point after you use the Services. Unless
otherwise disclosed, Services offered on a perday basis end 24 hours after Service is initiated.
How We Calculate Your Charges For Billing
Purposes
Regular Voice Calls: We round up partial
minutes of use to the next full minute. Time
starts when you press “Talk” or your Device
connects to the network and stops when you
press “End” or the network connection
otherwise breaks. You’re charged for all calls
that connect, even to answering machines,
voicemail, or voice transcription services. You
won’t be charged for unanswered calls or if you
get a busy signal. For incoming calls answered,
you’re charged from the time shortly before the
Device starts ringing until you press “End” or
the network connection otherwise breaks. If
charges vary depending on the time of day that
you place or receive calls (for example, Nights
and Weekend plans), you’re charged for the
entire call based on the rate that applies to the
time period in which the call starts. Call time for
a single call may be subject to a maximum
duration and may be automatically terminated if
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
94
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 95 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
the maximum duration is exceeded. Rates that
vary based on the time of access will be
determined based on the location of the
network equipment providing service and not
the location of your Device or your Device’s
area code (if applicable).
Push-to-Talk Charges: Charges for push-totalk calls are billed to the person who starts the
call and calculated by multiplying the duration
of the call by the applicable rate and number of
participants. You’re charged at least 6 seconds
of airtime for each call you start; subsequent
communications in the same call are rounded
up to and billed to the next second. Time
begins when you press any button to start a
push-to-talk call and ends approximately 6
seconds after completion of a communication
to which no participant responds. Subsequent
push-to-talk communications are considered
new calls. Charges apply for the entire period of
time the push-to-talk call is connected to our
network. Depending on your plan, nationwide,
international, or group push-to-talk calls may
use the local push-to-talk minutes in your plan
and result in additional or different charges.
Responses to call alert transmissions are
treated as new push-to-talk transmissions even
when responding within 6 seconds of receiving
the alert. Push-to-talk billing methods are
subject to change as we introduce new pushto-talk Services.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
95
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 96 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Data Usage: Unless we specifically tell you
otherwise, data usage is measured in bytes,
kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes—not in
minutes/time. 1024 bytes equals 1 kilobyte
(“KB”), 1024 KB equals 1 megabyte, and 1024
megabytes equals 1 gigabyte. Bytes are
rounded up to KB, so you will be charged at
least 1 KB for each data usage session (“data
session”). Rounding occurs at the end of each
data session, and sometimes during a data
session. Depending on your data Services,
usage may be charged against an allowance
or on a fixed price per KB, and you may be
subject to limitations on the amount of data
usage. If you are charged on a fixed price per
KB, any fractional cents will be rounded up to
the next cent. You are charged for all data
directed to your Device’s Internet address,
including data sessions you did not initiate and
for incomplete transfers. As long as your Device
is connected to our data networks, you may
incur data charges. Examples of data for which
you will be charged includes the size of a
requested file or Data Content (game, ringer,
etc.); Web page graphics (logos, pictures,
banners, advertisement, etc.); additional data
used in accessing, transporting, and routing the
file on our network; data from partial or
interrupted downloads; re-sent data; and data
associated with unsuccessful attempts to reach
websites or use applications. These data
charges are in addition to any charges for the
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
96
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 97 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Data Content itself (game, ringer, etc.). Data
used and charged to you will vary widely, even
between identical actions or data sessions.
Estimates of data usage—for example, the size
of downloadable files—are not reliable
predictors of actual usage. Your bill won’t
separately list the number of KB attributed to a
specific action/data session.
Your Bill
Your bill provides you notice of your charges. It
reflects monthly recurring charges (usually
billed one bill cycle in advance), fees, taxes,
Surcharges, product and equipment charges,
subscription charges, and usage/transaction
specific charges (usually billed in the bill cycle
in which they’re incurred). Some usage
charges, such as those that depend on usage
information from a third party, may be billed in
subsequent bill cycles and result in higher than
expected charges for that month. Bill cycles and
dates may change from time to time. Your bill
may also include other important notices
(for example, changes to your Agreement,
to your Service, legal notices, etc.). Your
paper bill may not include itemized billing detail.
More specific billing information is available
online. Paper bills may be subject to an
additional charge. Unless prohibited by law,
other charges (for example, data Services or
taxes and surcharges) will not include itemized
detail but will be listed as total charges for a
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
97
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 98 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
category. If you choose Internet billing, you will
not receive paper bills.
Your Payments; Late Fees
Payment is due in full as stated on your bill. If we
do not receive payment in full by the date
specified on your bill, a late payment charge,
which may be charged at the highest rate
permissible by law, may be applied to the total
unpaid balance. We may also charge you any
costs we pay to a collection agency to collect
unpaid balances from you. If we bill you for
amounts on behalf of a third party, payments
received are first applied to our charges. You
may be charged additional fees for certain
methods of payment. We may charge you, up
to the highest amount permitted by law, for
returned checks or other payments paid by you
and denied for any reason by a financial
institution. Acceptance of payments (even if
marked “paid in full”) does not waive our right
to collect all amounts that you owe us. We may
restrict your payment methods to cashier’s
check, money order, or other similar secure
form of payment at any time for good reason.
Taxes & Government Fees
You agree to pay all federal, state, and local
taxes, fees, and other assessments that we’re
required by law to collect and remit to the
government on the Services that we provide to
you. These charges may change from time to
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
98
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 99 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
time without advance notice. If you’re claiming
any tax exemption, you must provide us with a
valid exemption certificate. Tax exemptions
generally won’t be applied retroactively.
Surcharges
You agree to pay all Sprint surcharges
(“Surcharges”), which may include, but are not
limited to: Federal Universal Service; Regulatory
and Administrative charges; gross receipts
charges, and other charges. Surcharges are
not taxes, and we are not required by law to
assess them. They are part of our rates we
choose, at our discretion, to collect from
you, to recover certain costs and are kept
by us. The number and type of Surcharges
will be provided on your invoice and may
vary depending upon the location of the
billing address of the Device and can
change over time. We determine the
amount for these charges, and these
amounts are subject to change, as are the
components used to calculate these
amounts. We will provide you notice of any
changes to Surcharges in a manner consistent
with this Agreement (see “Providing Notice To
Each Other Under The Agreement” section).
However, because some Surcharges are based
on amounts set by the government or based on
government formulas, it will not always be
possible to provide advance notice of new
Surcharges or changes in the amount of
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
99
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 100 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
existing Surcharges. Information on Surcharges
is provided during the sales transaction and is
available on our website.
Disputing Charges - You Must Still Pay
Undisputed Charges
Any dispute to a charge on your bill must be
made within 60 days of the date of the bill that
initially contained the charge. Disputes can only
be made by calling or writing us as directed on
your invoice or elsewhere. You accept all
charges not properly disputed within the above
time period—undisputed charges must still be
paid as stated on your bill.
Protecting Our Network & Services
We can take any action to: (1) protect our
networks, our rights and interests, or the rights
of others; or (2) optimize or improve the overall
use of our networks and Services. Some of
these actions may interrupt or prevent legitimate
communications and usage-for example,
message filtering/blocking software to prevent
spam or viruses; limiting throughput; limiting
access to certain websites, applications, or
other Data Content; prohibitions on unintended
uses (for example, use as a dedicated line, or
use as a monitoring service), etc. For additional
information on what we do to protect our
customers, networks, Services, and equipment,
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
100
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 101 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
see our Acceptable Use Policy and Visitors
Agreement at our website.
Your Privacy
Our Privacy Policy is available on our website.
To review the policy, visit sprint.com/legal/
privacy.html. This policy may change from time
to time, so review it with regularity and care.
Call Monitoring: To ensure the quality of our
Services and for other lawful purposes, we may
monitor or record calls you make to us or we
make to you (for example, your conversations
with our customer service or sales
departments).
Authentication and Contact: You (the
account holder) may password protect your
account information by establishing a personal
identification number (“PIN”). You may also set
a backup security question and answer in the
event you forget your PIN. You agree to protect
your PIN, passwords, and other account access
credentials like your backup security question
from loss or disclosure. You further agree that
Sprint may, in our sole discretion, treat any
person who presents your credentials that we
deem sufficient for account access as you or
an authorized user on the account for
disclosure of information or changes in Service.
You agree that we may contact you for Servicerelated reasons through the contact information
that you provide, through the Services or
Devices to which you subscribe, or through
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
101
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 102 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
other available means, including text message,
email, fax, recorded message, mobile,
residential or business phone, or mail.
dedicated Sprint representative, we may rely on
contacting your pre-established point of contact
as the standard authentication measure.
CPNI: As we provide telecommunications
products and Services to you (the account
holder), we develop information about the
quantity, technical configuration, type, location,
and destination of telecommunications
products and Services you use, as well as
some other information found on your bill
(“CPNI”). Under federal law, you have the right
and we have a duty to protect the confidentiality
of your CPNI. For example, we implement
safeguards that are designed to protect your
CPNI, including authentication procedures
when you contact us. For some accounts with a
Third-Party Applications: If you use a thirdparty application, the application may access,
collect, use, or disclose your personal
information or require Sprint to disclose your
information—including location information
(when applicable)—to the application provider
or some other third party. If you access, use, or
authorize third-party applications through the
Services, you agree and authorize Sprint to
provide information related to your use of the
Services or the application(s). You understand
that your use of third-party applications is
subject to the third party’s terms and conditions
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
102
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 103 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
and policies, including its privacy policy. Be
sure that you have reviewed and are
comfortable with the third party’s policies before
using its application on your device.
Information on Devices: Your Device may
contain sensitive or personal information (for
example, pictures, videos, passwords, or stored
credit card numbers). Sprint is not responsible
for any information on your Device, including
sensitive or personal information. If possible,
you should remove or otherwise safeguard any
sensitive or personal information when your
Device is out of your possession or control, for
example when you relinquish, exchange, return,
or recycle your Device. By submitting your
Device to us, you agree that our employees,
contractors, or vendors may access all of the
information on your Device. If you exchange,
return, or recycle your Device through us, we
typically attempt to erase all data on your
Device, but you must remove all data from your
Device before you provide it to us.
Location-Enabled Services
Our networks generally know the location of
your Device when it is outdoors and/or turned
on. By using various technologies to locate your
Device, we can provide enhanced emergency
911 services and optional location-enabled
services provided by us or a third party. Network
coverage or environmental factors (such as
structures, buildings, weather, geography,
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
103
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 104 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
landscape, and topography) can significantly
impact the ability to access your Device’s
location information and use of locationenabled services.
You agree that any authorized user may access,
use, or authorize Sprint or third-party locationenabled applications through the Services. You
understand that your use of such locationenabled applications is subject to the
application’s terms and conditions and policies,
including its privacy policy. If you activate
location-enabled services for devices used by
other authorized users, you agree to inform the
authorized user(s) of the terms of use for
location-enabled applications and that the
Device may be located.
911 Or Other Emergency Calls
Public safety officials advise that when
making 911 or other emergency calls, you
should always be prepared to provide your
location information. Unlike traditional wireline
phones, depending on a number of factors (for
example, whether your Device is GPS-enabled,
where you are, whether local emergency
service providers have upgraded their
equipment, etc.), 911 operators may not know
your phone number, your location, or the
location of your Device. In certain
circumstances, an emergency call may be
routed to a state patrol dispatcher or alternative
location set by local emergency service
providers. Enhanced 911 service (“E911”)—
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
104
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 105 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
where enabled by local emergency authorities—
uses GPS technology to provide location
information. Even when available, however,
E911 does not always provide accurate location
information. If your Device is indoors or for
some other reason cannot acquire a satellite
signal, you may not be located. Some Devices
have a safety feature that prevents use of the
keypad after dialing 911—you should follow
voice prompts when interacting with
emergency service providers employing
interactive voice response systems to screen
calls.
If Your Device Is Lost or Stolen
Call us immediately if your Device is lost or
stolen because you may be responsible for
usage charges before you notify us of the
alleged loss or theft. A lost or stolen Device
does not reduce or remove your Term
Commitment. You will remain liable for any
monthly recurring charges associated with the
Service on your Device after you notify us of the
alleged loss or theft. You agree to cooperate if
we choose to investigate the matter (provide
facts, sworn statements, etc.). We may not waive
any applicable Early Termination Fees if you
choose to terminate Services as a result of loss
or theft of your Device.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
105
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 106 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Disclaimer of Warranties
UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN WRITING
OTHERWISE, WE MAKE NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING (TO THE
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW) ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE CONCERNING YOUR
SERVICES (INCLUDING YOUR DEVICE AND
ANY SOFTWARE OR APPLICATIONS ON
YOUR DEVICE). WE DON’T PROMISE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE
SERVICES AND DON’T AUTHORIZE ANYONE
TO MAKE WARRANTIES ON OUR BEHALF.
SPRINT PROVIDES ALL SOFTWARE AND
APPLICATIONS ON AN “AS IS” BASIS WITH
ALL FAULTS, ERRORS, AND DEFECTS.
You Agree We Are Not Responsible For
Certain Problems
You agree that neither we nor our parent,
subsidiary, or affiliate companies, nor our
vendors, suppliers, or licensors are responsible
for any damages, delay, interruption or other
failure to perform resulting from: (a) anything
done or not done by someone else; (b)
providing or failing to provide Services,
including, but not limited to, deficiencies or
problems with a Device or network coverage
(for example, dropped, blocked, interrupted
Services, etc.); (c) traffic or other accidents, or
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
106
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 107 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
any health-related claims relating to our
Services; (d) Data Content or information
accessed while using our Services; (e) an
interruption or failure in accessing or attempting
to access emergency services from a Device,
including through 911, Enhanced 911 or
otherwise; (f) interrupted, failed, or inaccurate
location information services; (g) information or
communication that is blocked by a spam filter;
(h) damage to your Device or any computer or
equipment connected to your Device, or
damage to or loss of any information stored on
your Device, computer, equipment, or Sprint
storage space from your use of the Services or
from viruses, worms, or downloads of malicious
content, materials, data, text, images, video, or
audio; or (i) things beyond our control, including
acts of God (for example, weather-related
phenomena, fire, earthquake, hurricane, etc.),
riot, strike, war, terrorism, or government orders
or acts. You should implement appropriate
safeguards to secure your Device, computer, or
equipment and to back up your information
stored on each.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
107
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 108 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
You Agree Our Liability Is Limited - No
Consequential Damages.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, OUR
LIABILITY FOR MONETARY DAMAGES FOR
ANY CLAIMS THAT YOU MAY HAVE AGAINST
US IS LIMITED TO NO MORE THAN THE
PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT OF THE SERVICE
CHARGES ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE AFFECTED
PERIOD. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE
WE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, MULTIPLE, OR
SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATED TO PROVIDING OR FAILING TO
PROVIDE SERVICES IN CONNECTION WITH A
DEVICE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
AND ARBITRATION
PLEASE READ THIS CAREFULLY; IT
AFFECTS YOUR RIGHTS
In those rare instances where your concern
is not resolved to your satisfaction through
calls to our customer care, you and Sprint
each agree to try to resolve those disputes in
good faith after you provide written notice of
the dispute as set forth below. If the dispute is
not resolved, you and Sprint agree that the
dispute will be resolved through individual
binding arbitration or small claims court,
instead of courts of general jurisdiction.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
108
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 109 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Mandatory Arbitration and Waiver of
Class Action
Instead of suing in court, you and Sprint
agree to arbitrate all Disputes (as
defined below) on an individual, nonrepresentative, basis. You agree that, by
entering into this Agreement, you and
Sprint are waiving the right to a trial by
jury or to participate in a class action or
representative action. This agreement to
arbitrate is intended to be broadly
interpreted.
In arbitration, there is no judge or jury.
Instead Disputes are decided by a neutral
third-party arbitrator in a more informal
process than in court. In arbitration, there is
limited discovery and the arbitrator’s decision
is subject to limited review by courts.
However, just as a court would, the arbitrator
must honor the terms of the Agreement and
can award damages and relief, including
any attorneys’ fees authorized by law.
“Disputes” shall include, but are not limited
to, any claims or controversies against each
other related in any way to or arising out of in
any way our Services or the Agreement,
including, but not limited to, coverage,
Devices, billing services and practices,
policies, contract practices (including
enforceability), service claims, privacy, or
advertising, even if the claim arises after
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
109
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 110 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Services have terminated. Disputes also
include, but are not limited to, claims that: (a)
you or an authorized or unauthorized user of
the Services or Devices bring against our
employees, agents, affiliates, or other
representatives; (b) you bring against a third
party, such as a retailer or equipment
manufacturer, that are based on, relate to, or
arise out of in any way our Services or the
Agreement; or (c) that Sprint brings against
you. Disputes also include, but are not
limited to, (i) claims in any way related to or
arising out of any aspect of the relationship
between you and Sprint, whether based in
contract, tort, statute, fraud, misrepresentation,
advertising claims or any other legal theory;
(ii) claims that arose before this Agreement
or out of a prior Agreement with Sprint; (iii)
claims that are subject to on-going litigation
where you are not a party or class member;
and/or (iv) claims that arise after the
termination of this Agreement.
Dispute Notice and Dispute Resolution
Period
Before initiating an arbitration or a small
claims matter, you and Sprint each agree to
first provide to the other a written notice
(“Notice of Dispute”), which shall contain: (a)
a written description of the problem and
relevant documents and supporting
information; and (b) a statement of the
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
110
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 111 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
specific relief sought. A Notice of Dispute to
Sprint should be sent to: General Counsel;
Arbitration Office; 12502 Sunrise Valley
Drive, Mailstop VARESA0202-2C682;
Reston, Virginia 20191. Sprint will provide a
Notice of Dispute to you in accordance with
the “Providing Notice To Each Other Under
The Agreement” section of this Agreement.
Sprint will assign a representative to work
with you and try to resolve your Dispute to
your satisfaction. You and Sprint agree to
make attempts to resolve the Dispute prior to
commencing an arbitration or small claims
action.
If an agreement cannot be reached within
forty-five (45) days of receipt of the Notice of
Dispute, you or Sprint may commence an
arbitration proceeding or small claims action.
Arbitration Terms, Process, Rules and
Procedures
(1) Unless you and Sprint agree otherwise,
the arbitration will be conducted by a single,
neutral arbitrator and will take place in the
county of the last billing address of the
Service. The arbitration will be governed by
either: (a) rules that we mutually agree upon;
or (b) the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration
Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”), as
modified by this agreement to arbitrate,
including the rules about the filing,
administration, discovery and arbitrator fees.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
111
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 112 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
The JAMS rules are available on its website
at jamsadr.com. Notwithstanding any JAMS
Rule to the contrary or any other provision in
arbitration rules chosen, by agreement, to
govern the arbitration, we each agree that all
issues regarding the Dispute are delegated
to the arbitrator to decide, except that only a
court (and not the arbitrator) shall decide any
disagreements regarding the scope and
enforceability of this agreement to arbitrate.
(2) The Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”)
applies to this Agreement and arbitration
provision. We each agree that the FAA’s
provisions—not state law—govern all
questions of whether a Dispute is subject to
arbitration. To the extent that this agreement
to arbitrate conflicts with the JAMS Policy on
Consumer Arbitrations Pursuant to PreDispute Clauses Minimum Standards for
Procedural Fairness (the “Minimum
Standards”), the Minimum Standards in that
regard will apply. However, nothing in this
paragraph will require or allow you or Sprint
to arbitrate on a class-wide, representative or
consolidated basis.
(3) The arbitrator may award declaratory or
injunctive relief only in favor of the individual
party seeking relief and only to the extent
necessary to provide relief warranted by that
party’s individual claim. YOU AND SPRINT
AGREE THAT EACH MAY BRING
CLAIMS AGAINST THE OTHER ONLY IN
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
112
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 113 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
AN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AND NOT AS
A CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PUTATIVE
CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE
PROCEEDING. Further, unless both you
and Sprint expressly agree otherwise, the
arbitrator may not consolidate more than
one person’s claims, and may not otherwise
preside over any form of a representative or
class proceeding. If any portion of this
provision is found to be unenforceable, then
the entirety of this arbitration provision shall
be null and void.
(4) We each are responsible for our
respective costs, including our respective
counsel, experts, and witnesses. Sprint will
pay for any filing or case management fees
associated with the arbitration and the
professional fees for the arbitrator’s services.
(5) An arbitrator’s award will be a written
statement of the disposition of each claim
and will also provide a concise written
statement of the essential findings and
conclusions which form the basis of the
award. The arbitrator’s decision and award is
final and binding, with some limited court
review under the FAA, and judgment on the
award may be entered in any court with
jurisdiction.
(6) As an alternative to arbitration, we may
resolve Disputes in small claims court in the
county of your most recent billing address. In
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
113
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 114 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
addition, this arbitration agreement does not
prevent you from bringing your Dispute to
the attention of any federal, state, or local
government agency. Such agencies can, if
the law allows, seek relief against Sprint on
your behalf.
No Trial By Jury and No Class Action
IF FOR ANY REASON A CLAIM ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN
ANY WAY PROCEEDS IN COURT RATHER
THAN IN ARBITRATION, REGARDLESS OF
WHETHER THE CLAIM IS AN ACTION,
COUTERCLAIM OR ANY OTHER COURT
PROCEEDING, WE EACH AGREE THAT TO
THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THERE WILL
NOT BE A JURY TRIAL OR CLASS ACTION
AND WE EACH UNCONDITIONALLY (1) WAIVE
ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND (2)
WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO PURSUE DISPUTES ON
A CLASSWIDE BASIS, INCLUDING JOINING A
CLAIM WITH THE CLAIM OF ANY OTHER
PERSON OR ENTITY OR ASSERT A CLAIM IN
A REPRESENTATIVE CAPACTITY ON BEHALF
OF ANYONE ELSE IN ANY OTHER
PROCEEDING.
Indemnification
You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold Sprint
and our subsidiaries, affiliates, parent
companies, vendors, suppliers, and licensors
harmless from any claims arising out of or
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
114
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 115 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
relating to your actions, including, but not limited
to, your use of the Service and any information
you submit, post, transmit, or make available via
the Service; failing to provide appropriate
notices regarding location-enabled services
(see “Location-Enabled Services” section);
failure to safeguard your passwords, backup
question to your shared secret question, or
other account information; or violating this
Agreement or any policy referenced in this
Agreement, any applicable law or regulation, or
the rights of any third party.
Providing Notice To Each Other Under The
Agreement
Except as the Agreement specifically provides
otherwise, you must provide us notice by calling
or writing us as instructed on your invoice. We
will provide you notice through one or more of
the following: in your bill, correspondence to
your last known billing address, to any fax
number or email address you’ve provided us,
by calling you on your Device or any other
phone number you’ve provided us, by voice
message on your Device or any other phone
number you’ve provided us, or by text message
on your Device.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
115
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 116 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Contacting You Regarding Billing and
Collections
You expressly authorize, and specifically
consent to allowing Sprint and any of Sprint’s
agents to contact you in connection with any
and all matters relating to that, for attempts to
collect unpaid past due charges, Sprint and any
of its agents may contact you at any mailing
address, telephone number, cellular phone
number, email address, or any other electronic
address that you have provided, or may in the
future provide, to Sprint. You agree and
acknowledge that any email address or any
other electronic address that you provide to
Sprint is your private address and is not
accessible to unauthorized third parties. For
attempts to collect unpaid charges, you agree
that in addition to individual persons attempting
to communicate directly with you, any type of
contact described above may be made using,
among other methods, pre-recorded or artificial
voice messages delivered by an automatic
telephone dialing system, pre-set email
messages delivered by an automatic emailing
system, or any other pre-set electronic
messages delivered by any other automatic
electronic messaging system.
Other Important Terms
Subject to federal law or unless the Agreement
specifically provides otherwise, this Agreement
is governed solely by the laws of the state
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
116
General Terms and Conditions of Service
v.7-1-13
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 117 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
encompassing the billing address of the
Device, without regard to the conflicts of law
rules of that state. If either of us waives or
doesn’t enforce a requirement under this
Agreement in an instance, we don’t waive our
right to later enforce that requirement. Except as
the Agreement specifically provides otherwise, if
any part of the Agreement is held invalid or
unenforceable, the rest of this Agreement
remains in full force and effect. This Agreement
isn’t for the benefit of any third party except our
corporate parents, affiliates, subsidiaries, agents,
and predecessors and successors in interest.
You can’t assign the Agreement or any of your
rights or duties under it, unless we agree to the
assignment. We can assign the Agreement
without notice. You cannot in any manner resell
the Services to another party. The Agreement
and the documents it incorporates make up the
entire agreement between us and replaces all
prior written or spoken agreements—you can’t
rely on any contradictory documents or
statements by sales or service representatives.
The rights, obligations, and commitments in the
Agreement that—by their nature—would logically
continue beyond the termination of Services (for
example, those relating to billing, payment, 911,
dispute resolution, no class action, no jury trial)
survive termination of Services.
[End General Terms and Conditions of
Service]
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
v.7-1-13
General Terms and Conditions of Service
117
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 118 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Important Message From Sprint
Important Information about this device’s
“open” architecture. This device is an
“open” device. What that means is that you
are free to use it to access the Internet as
you see fit. You may go to websites you like
and you may download or use
applications or software that you choose.
Please take care to visit only trusted
websites and download applications only
from trusted entities. Sprint has no control
over websites you visit or applications and
software you download, and Sprint’s
policies do not apply to those websites,
applications or software. The websites you
visit may place “cookies” or other files on
your device when you visit them.
Downloaded applications or software may
access, use or share information on your
device, like your contacts or your location.
Although Sprint is excited to allow our
customers to make their own choices
about the Internet sites you wish to visit or
the applications or software you’d like to
use, we do want to remind you that Sprint
is not able to help you troubleshoot issues
connected with your use of non-Sprint
applications or software (such as the ones
you may select and download to your
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
118
Important Message From Sprint
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 119 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
Important Message From Sprint
device). Sprint also will not be able to
provide you credits for applications or
software that you download from sources
other than Sprint. And, Sprint is not liable
for the websites you visit or anything you
download or cause to be downloaded to
your device. Damage related to websites
visited or downloads to your device may
not be covered by Sprint’s Service and
Repair policy, or your device insurance
policy. For more information about Sprint’s
policies, products or services, please visit
us at sprint.com.
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
Important Message From Sprint
119
Sprint_L520_IIB_.book Page 120 Wednesday, August 7, 2013 4:50 PM
DRAFT For Internal Use Only
©2013 Sprint. Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint.
Other marks are the property of their respective owners.
GHxx-xxxxxA Printed in Korea
SPT_L520_IIB_Eng_TE_080713_D1

---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Encryption                      : Standard V4.4 (128-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Extract, Print high-res
Author                          : tevans2
Create Date                     : 2013:08:07 16:48:02Z
Modify Date                     : 2013:08:15 12:42:28-04:00
SPDF                            : 1112
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : tevans2
Title                           : Sprint_L520_IIB_.book
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 9.0
Metadata Date                   : 2013:08:15 12:42:28-04:00
Enhanced                        : By PDF Enhancer 3.1/Win
Spdf                            : 1112
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 10.1.1 (Windows)
Document ID                     : uuid:faae0348-fe8f-47f1-a398-fcd115719279
Instance ID                     : uuid:1b55fca8-2e52-4ea8-8e2a-ccbcbd7119ac
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 307

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools